JVC GR D650AG D650AG_EN User Manual LYT1593 001A
User Manual: JVC GR-D650AG GR-D650AG English, Simplified Chinese,
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 112
| Download | |
| Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
GR-D650AG_EN.book Page 1 Friday, April 7, 2006 7:00 PM
Dear Customer,
Thank you for purchasing this digital
video camera. Before use, please
read the safety information and
precautions contained in the pages
2 – 5 to ensure safe use of this
product.
ENGLISH
DIGITAL VIDEO CAMERA
GR-D650AG
For Accessories:
8
GETTING STARTED
VIDEO RECORDING &
PLAYBACK
20
DIGITAL STILL CAMERA
(D.S.C.) RECORDING &
PLAYBACK
27
ADVANCED FEATURES
32
REFERENCES
47
http://www.jvc.co.jp/english/accessory/
TERMS
Back cover
For Customer Use:
Enter below the Model No. and
Serial No. which is located on the
bottom of the camcorder. Retain this
information for future reference.
Model No.
Serial No.
To deactivate the demonstration,
set “DEMO MODE” to “OFF”.
( pg. 32, 35)
INSTRUCTIONS
LYT1593-001A
EN
MasterPage: Left
GR-D650AG_EN.book Page 2 Friday, April 7, 2006 7:00 PM
2 EN
Read This First!
● Before recording important video, be sure to
make a trial recording.
Play back your trial recording to make sure the
video and audio have been recorded properly.
● We recommend cleaning your video heads before
use.
If you haven’t used your
camcorder for awhile, the
heads may be dirty. We
recommend periodically
cleaning the video heads
with a cleaning cassette
(optional).
● Be sure to store your
cassette tapes and camcorder in the proper
environment.
Video heads can become dirty more easily if your
cassette tapes and camcorder are stored in a
dusty area. Cassette tapes should be removed
from the camcorder and stored in cassette cases.
Store the camcorder in a bag or other container.
● Use SP (Standard) mode for important video
recordings.
LP (Long Play) mode lets you record 50% more
video than SP (Standard) mode, but you may
experience mosaic-like noise during playback
depending on the tape characteristics and the
usage environment.
So, for important recordings, we recommend
using SP mode.
● For safety and reliability.
It is recommended only genuine JVC batteries
and accessories are used in this camcorder.
● This product includes patented and other
proprietary technology and will operate only with
JVC Data Battery. Use the JVC BN-VF707U/
VF714U/VF733U battery packs. Using generic
non-JVC batteries can cause damage to the
internal charging circuitry.
● This camcorder is designed exclusively for the
digital video cassette, SD Memory Card and
MultiMediaCard. Only cassettes marked “
”
and memory cards marked “
” or
“
” can be used with this unit.
● Remember that this camcorder is intended for
private consumer use only.
Any commercial use without proper permission is
prohibited. (Even if you record an event such as a
show, performance or exhibition for personal
enjoyment, it is strongly recommended that you
obtain permission beforehand.)
● DO NOT leave the unit
- in place of over 50°C
- in place where humidity is extremely low (below
35%) or extremely high (80%).
- in direct sunlight.
- in a closed car in summer.
- near a heater.
● The LCD monitor is made with high-precision
technology. However, black spots or bright spots
of light (red, green or blue) may appear constantly
on the LCD monitor. These spots are not
recorded on the tape. This is not due to any
defect of the unit. (Effective dots: more than
99.99%)
● Do not leave the battery pack attached when the
camcorder is not in use and check the unit
regularly whether it is working or not.
MasterPage: Start_Right
GR-D650AG_EN.book Page 3 Friday, April 7, 2006 7:00 PM
EN
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: TO PREVENT FIRE OR SHOCK
HAZARD, DO NOT EXPOSE THIS UNIT TO
RAIN OR MOISTURE.
CAUTIONS:
● If you notice smoke or a peculiar smell coming
from the camcorder or AC Adapter, shut it down
and unplug it immediately. Continue using the
camcorder or AC Adapter under these
conditions could lead to fire or electric shock.
Contact your JVC dealer. Do not attempt to
repair the malfunction yourself.
● To prevent shock, do not open the cabinet. No
user serviceable parts inside. Refer servicing
to qualified personnel.
● When you are not using the AC Adapter for a
long period of time, it is recommended that you
disconnect the power cord from AC outlet.
CAUTIONS:
● This camcorder is designed to be used with
PAL-type colour television signals. It cannot be
used for playback with a television of a different
standard. However, live recording and LCD
monitor/viewfinder playback are possible
anywhere.
● This product includes patented and other
proprietary technology and will operate only
with JVC Data Battery. Use the JVC
BN-VF707U/VF714U/VF733U battery packs
and, to recharge them or to supply power to the
camcorder from an AC outlet, use the provided
multi-voltage AC Adapter. (An appropriate
conversion adapter may be necessary to
accommodate different designs of AC outlets in
different countries.)
3
Caution on Replaceable lithium battery
The battery used in this device may present a fire
or chemical burn hazard if mistreated.
Do not recharge, disassemble, heat above 100°C
or incinerate.
Replace battery with Panasonic (Matsushita
Electric), Sanyo, Sony or Maxell CR2025.
Danger of explosion or Risk of fire if the battery is
incorrectly replaced.
● Dispose of used battery promptly.
● Keep away from children.
● Do not disassemble and do not dispose of in
fire.
NOTES:
● The rating plate (serial number plate) and
safety caution are on the bottom and/or the
back of the main unit.
● The rating information and safety caution of the
AC Adapter are on its upper and lower sides.
When the equipment is installed in a cabinet or on
a shelf, make sure that it has sufficient space on
all sides to allow for ventilation (10 cm or more on
both sides, on top and at the rear).
Do not block the ventilation holes.
(If the ventilation holes are blocked by a
newspaper, or cloth etc. the heat may not be able
to get out.)
No naked flame sources, such as lighted candles,
should be placed on the apparatus.
When discarding batteries, environmental
problems must be considered and the local rules
or laws governing the disposal of these batteries
must be followed strictly.
The apparatus shall not be exposed to dripping or
splashing.
Do not use this equipment in a bathroom or
places with water.
Also do not place any containers filled with water
or liquids (such as cosmetics or medicines, flower
vases, potted plants, cups etc.) on top of this unit.
(If water or liquid is allowed to enter this
equipment, fire or electric shock may be caused.)
MasterPage: Left
GR-D650AG_EN.book Page 4 Friday, April 7, 2006 7:00 PM
4 EN
Do not point the lens or the viewfinder directly into
the sun. This can cause eye injuries, as well as
lead to the malfunctioning of internal circuitry.
There is also a risk of fire or electric shock.
CAUTION!
The following notes concern possible physical
damage to the camcorder and to the user.
When carrying, be sure to always securely attach
and use the provided strap. Carrying or holding
the camcorder by the viewfinder and/or the LCD
monitor can result in dropping the unit, or in a
malfunction.
Take care not to get your finger caught in the
cassette holder cover. Do not let children operate
the camcorder, as they are particularly
susceptible to this type of injury.
Do not use a tripod on unsteady or unlevel
surfaces. It could tip over, causing serious
damage to the camcorder.
CAUTION!
Connecting cables (Audio/Video, S-Video, etc.) to
the camcorder and leaving it on top of the TV is
not recommended, as tripping on the cables will
cause the camcorder to fall, resulting in damage.
MasterPage: Start_Right
GR-D650AG_EN.book Page 5 Friday, April 7, 2006 7:00 PM
EN
Before Using This Camcorder
Make sure you only use cassettes with the Mini
DV mark
.
Make sure you only use memory cards with the
mark
or
.
This camcorder is designed exclusively for the
digital video cassette, SD Memory Card and
MultiMediaCard. Only cassettes marked “
”
and memory cards marked “
” or
“
” can be used with this unit.
Remember that this camcorder is not
compatible with other digital video formats.
Remember that this camcorder is intended for
private consumer use only.
Any commercial use without proper permission is
prohibited. (Even if you record an event such as a
show, performance or exhibition for personal
enjoyment, it is strongly recommended that you
obtain permission beforehand.)
Before recording important video, be sure to
make a trial recording.
Play back your trial recording to make sure the
video and audio have been recorded properly.
We recommend cleaning your video heads
before use.
If you haven’t used your camcorder for a while, the
heads may be dirty. We recommend periodically
cleaning the video heads with a cleaning cassette
(optional).
Be sure to store your cassette tapes and
camcorder in the proper environment.
Video heads can become dirty more easily if your
cassette tapes and camcorder are stored in a dusty
area. Cassette tapes should be removed from the
camcorder and stored in cassette cases. Store the
camcorder in a bag or other container.
Use SP (Standard) mode for important video
recordings.
LP (Long Play) mode lets you record 50% more
video than SP (Standard) mode, but you may
experience mosaic-like noise during playback
depending on the tape characteristics and the
usage environment.
So, for important recordings, we recommend using
SP mode.
It is recommended that you use JVC brand
cassette tapes.
Your camcorder is compatible with all brands of
commercially available cassette tapes complying
with the MiniDV standard, but JVC brand cassette
tapes are designed and optimized to maximize the
performance of your camcorder.
Also read “CAUTIONS” on pages 52 – 54.
● Microsoft® and Windows® are either registered
trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft
Corporation in the United States and/or other
countries.
● Macintosh is a registered trademark of Apple
Computer, Inc.
● QuickTime is a registered trademark of Apple
Computer, Inc.
5
MasterPage: Left
GR-D650AG_EN.book Page 6 Friday, April 7, 2006 7:00 PM
6 EN
Major Features of this Camcorder
Wipe/Fader Effects
Backlight Compensation
You can use the Wipe/Fader Effects to make
pro-style scene transitions. ( pg. 41)
Simply pressing the BACKLIGHT button
brightens the image darkened by backlight.
( pg. 40)
● You can also select a spot metering area so
that more precise exposure compensation
is available. ( pg. 40, Spot Exposure
Control)
Fade in
Fade out
Program AE, Effects and Shutter Effects
Data Battery
For example, “SPORTS” mode allows fastmoving images to be captured one frame at a
time, for vivid, stable slow-motion. ( pg. 42)
You can check the battery status by simply
pressing the DATA button. ( pg. 15)
BATTERY CONDITION
100%
MAX TIME
LCD
min
50%
FINDER
0%
min
Live Slow
LED Light
You can brighten the subject in the dark place
with the LED Light. ( pg. 37)
You can record and play back precious or
hard-to-see moments at a slow speed. The
sound is recorded and played back in real
time. ( pg. 37)
Auto Button
You can change the recording mode between
manual setting to the standard mode setting
of the camcorder by pressing the AUTO
button.
AUTO
MANUAL
MasterPage: TOC_Heading0_Right
GR-D650AG_EN.book Page 7 Friday, April 7, 2006 7:00 PM
EN
CONTENTS ADVANCED FEATURES
GETTING STARTED
FOR DETAILED ADJUSTMENT.................. 32
8 MENUS
Changing The Menu Settings ......................... 32
Index ................................................................. 8
Provided Accessories ..................................... 12
Power ............................................................. 14
Operation Mode .............................................. 16
Language Settings.......................................... 17
Date/Time Settings ......................................... 17
Grip Adjustment .............................................. 18
Viewfinder Adjustment .................................... 18
Brightness Adjustment Of The Display........... 18
Tripod Mounting.............................................. 18
Loading/Unloading A Cassette ....................... 19
Loading/Unloading A Memory Card ............... 19
VIDEO RECORDING & PLAYBACK
7
32
20
VIDEO RECORDING ........................................... 20
Basic Recording ............................................. 20
Tape Remaining Time ................................ 20
LCD Monitor And Viewfinder ...................... 20
Zooming...................................................... 21
Tele Mode................................................... 21
Journalistic Shooting .................................. 21
Interface Shooting ...................................... 21
Time Code .................................................. 22
Quick Review.............................................. 22
Recording From The Middle Of A Tape...... 22
VIDEO PLAYBACK ............................................. 23
Normal Playback ............................................ 23
Still Playback .............................................. 23
Shuttle Search ............................................ 23
Blank Search .............................................. 23
Connections To A TV Or VCR ........................ 24
Playback Using The Remote Control ............. 25
DIGITAL STILL CAMERA (D.S.C.) RECORDING
& PLAYBACK
27
D.S.C. RECORDING ............................................ 27
Basic Shooting (D.S.C. Snapshot) ................. 27
D.S.C. PLAYBACK .............................................. 28
Normal Playback Of Images ........................... 28
Auto Playback Of Images ............................... 28
Index Playback Of Files .................................. 28
Removing On-Screen Display ........................ 28
ADDITIONAL FEATURES FOR D.S.C. .................... 29
Resetting The File Name ................................ 29
Protecting Files ............................................... 29
Deleting Files .................................................. 30
Setting Print Information (DPOF Setting) ....... 30
Initialising A Memory Card.............................. 31
Recording Menus............................................ 33
Playback Menus ............................................. 36
FEATURES FOR RECORDING ............................... 37
LED Light ........................................................ 37
Live Slow ........................................................ 37
Wide Mode...................................................... 37
Night-Scope .................................................... 38
Snapshot (Record Still Image On Tape)......... 38
Manual Focus ................................................. 38
Exposure Control ............................................ 39
Iris Lock .......................................................... 39
Backlight Compensation ................................. 40
Spot Exposure Control.................................... 40
White Balance Adjustment.............................. 40
Manual White Balance Adjustment................. 41
Wipe Or Fader Effects .................................... 41
Program AE, Effects And Shutter Effects ....... 42
EDITING............................................................ 43
Dubbing To Or From A VCR........................... 43
Dubbing To Or From A Video Unit Equipped With
A DV Connector (Digital Dubbing).............. 44
Connection To A Personal Computer ............. 45
Audio Dubbing ................................................ 46
Insert Editing................................................... 46
REFERENCES
47
TROUBLESHOOTING .......................................... 47
USER MAINTENANCE ......................................... 51
CAUTIONS ........................................................ 52
SPECIFICATIONS................................................ 55
TERMS
Back cover
MasterPage: Left
GR-D650AG_EN.book Page 8 Friday, April 7, 2006 7:00 PM
8 EN
GETTING STARTED
Index
MasterPage: Start_Right
GR-D650AG_EN.book Page 9 Friday, April 7, 2006 7:00 PM
GETTING STARTED
Connectors
The connectors are located beneath the covers.
,USB (Universal Serial Bus) Connector
( pg. 45)
-Digital Video Connector [DV IN/OUT] (i.LINK*)
( pg. 44, 45)
* i.LINK refers to the IEEE1394-1995 industry
specification and extensions thereof. The
logo is used for products compliant with the
i.LINK standard.
.Audio/Video Input/Output Connector [AV]
( pg. 24, 43)
/S-Video Input/Output Connector [S]
( pg. 24, 43)
:DC Input Connector [DC] ( pg. 14)
9
Indicators
èPOWER/CHARGE Lamp ( pg. 14, 20)
Other Parts
êLCD Monitor ( pg. 20, 21)
ëViewfinder ( pg. 18)
íCard Cover [ ] ( pg. 19)
ìBattery Pack Mount ( pg. 14)
îShoulder Strap Eyelet ( pg. 12)
ïGrip Strap ( pg. 18)
ñSpeaker ( pg. 23)
óLens
òLED Light
ôCamera Sensor
ö
õ
ú
ù
û
(Be careful not to cover this area, a sensor
necessary for shooting is built-in here.)
Stereo Microphone
Stud Hole ( pg. 18)
Tripod Mounting Socket ( pg. 18)
Cassette Holder Cover ( pg. 19)
Memory Card Slot
GETTING STARTED
Controls
1 Rewind Button [1] ( pg. 23)
Left Button [1]
Quick Review Button [QUICK REVIEW]
( pg. 22)
2 Set Button [SET] ( pg. 17)
Data Battery Button [DATA] ( pg. 15)
3 Stop Button [7] ( pg. 23)
Down Button [4]
Backlight Compensation
Button [BACKLIGHT] ( pg. 40)
4 VIDEO/MEMORY Switch ( pg. 16)
5 Play/Pause Button [6] ( pg. 23)
Up Button [3]
Manual Focus Button [FOCUS] ( pg. 38)
6 Blank Search [BLANK] ( pg. 23)
Tele Mode Button (1.3x TELE) ( pg. 21)
7Menu Button [MENU] ( pg. 32)
8Fast-Forward Button [¡] ( pg. 23)
Right Button [2]
Night Button [NIGHT] ( pg. 38)
9Index Button [INDEX] ( pg. 28)
LED Light Button [LIGHT]
!Dioptre Adjustment Control ( pg. 18)
"Auto Button [AUTO] ( pg. 16)
#Snapshot Button [SNAPSHOT]
( pg. 27, 38)
Live Slow Button ( pg. 32, 37)
$Power Zoom Lever [T/W] ( pg. 21)
Speaker Volume Control [VOL. +, –]
( pg. 23)
%Battery Release Button [PUSH BATT.]
( pg. 14)
&Recording Start/Stop Button ( pg. 20)
(Power Switch [REC, PLAY, OFF] ( pg. 16)
)Lock Button ( pg. 16)
~Cassette Open/Eject Switch [OPEN/EJECT]
( pg. 19)
+Wide (16:9) Button [16.9] ( pg. 37)
EN
MasterPage: Left
GR-D650AG_EN.book Page 10 Friday, April 7, 2006 7:00 PM
10 EN GETTING STARTED
LCD Monitor/Viewfinder Indications During Both Video And D.S.C. Recording
9
During Video Recording Only
12 34
TELE
"
!
5
– – –min
LP
PAUSE
6
WH
7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
M
"#
!
10 x
PHOTO
3
&
1 2 . 6 . 2006
SOUND 12 B I T
15:55
11 : 13 AM
1 2 . 6 . 2006
9
8
1Tape Running Indicator ( pg. 20)
(Rotates while tape is running.)
2Tele Mode Indicator ( pg. 21)
3Live Slow Indicator ( pg. 37)
4Recording Speed Mode (SP/LP) ( pg. 33)
(only LP indicator is displayed)
5Tape Remaining Time ( pg. 20)
6REC: (Appears during recording.) ( pg. 20)
PAUSE: (Appears during Record-Standby
mode.) ( pg. 20)
SLOW: (Appears when using Live Slow.)
( pg. 37)
7Selected Wipe/Fader Effect Indicator
( pg. 41)
8Date/Time ( pg. 35)
9Time Code ( pg. 35)
!Digital Image Stabiliser (“DIS”) ( pg. 33)
"SOUND 12BIT/16BIT: Sound Mode Indicator
( pg. 33) (Appears for approx. 5 seconds
after turning on the camcorder.)
During D.S.C. Recording Only
2
1280
$
%
3
15
1Image Size: 1280 (1280 x 960), 1024
(1024 x 768) or 640 (640 x 480) ( pg. 27)
2Picture Quality:
(FINE) and
(STANDARD) (in order of quality) ( pg. 35)
3Remaining Number Of Shots ( pg. 27)
(Displays the approximate remaining number
of shots that can be stored during D.S.C.
recording.)
)
(
1Battery Remaining Power Indicator
2Operation Mode ( pg. 16)
: Auto Mode
: Manual Mode
3LED Light Indicator ( pg. 37)
4
: Night-Scope Indicator ( pg. 38)
: Gain Up Mode ( pg. 34)
5Shutter Speed
6White Balance Indicator ( pg. 40)
7Selected Effect Indicator
8Selected Program AE Indicator ( pg. 42)
9Approximate Zoom Ratio ( pg. 21)
!Zoom Indicator ( pg. 21)
"Shooting Icon ( pg. 27)
(Appears and blinks during shooting.)
#Card Icon ( pg. 27)
: Appears during shooting.
: Blinks in white when a memory card is
not loaded.
: Blinks in yellow while the camcorder is
reading the data in the memory card.
$ PHOTO: (Appears when taking Snapshot.)
( pg. 27, 38)
% : Spot Exposure Control Indicator
( pg. 40)
: Backlight Compensation Indicator
( pg. 40)
±: Exposure Adjustment Indicator ( pg. 39)
Iris Lock Indicator ( pg. 39)
&Wind Cut Indicator ( pg. 34)
(Date ( pg. 17)
)Manual Focus Adjustment Indicator
( pg. 38)
A
M
MasterPage: Start_Right
GR-D650AG_EN.book Page 11 Friday, April 7, 2006 7:00 PM
GETTING STARTED
During 16:9 Recording
Wide
(16:9)
mode
Indicator
EN
11
During D.S.C. Playback
1
16:9
100-0013
BRIGHT
–5
PHOTO
120min
LP
The lower side of the screen blackens when
“16:9” is selected in Wide Mode ( pg. 37).
Some of the indicators are displayed on the
area.
During Video Playback
1 2
3
4
5
LP
12 B I T / M I X
L
BLANK SEARCH
PUSH "STOP" BUTTON
TO CANCEL
VO LUME
1 1 : 1 3 AM
1 2 . 6 . 20 0 6
2 0 : 2 1 : 25
8
7
6
1Battery Remaining Power Indicator
2Sound Mode Indicator ( pg. 36)
3Blank Search Indicator ( pg. 23)
4Tape Speed (SP/LP) ( pg. 36)
(only LP indicator is displayed)
53: Playback
¡: Fast-Forward/Shuttle Search
1: Rewind/Shuttle Search
8: Pause
8 3: Forward Frame-By-Frame Playback/
Slow-Motion
2 8: Reverse Frame-By-Frame Playback/
Slow-Motion
: Audio Dubbing
8 : Audio Dubbing Pause
6Date/Time ( pg. 36)
7VOLUME: Volume Level Indicator ( pg. 23)
BRIGHT: Brightness Control Indicator (LCD
monitor/Viewfinder) ( pg. 18)
8Time Code ( pg. 36)
3
2
1Folder/File Number ( pg. 28)
2Operation Mode Indicator ( pg. 28)
3Brightness Control Indicator (LCD monitor/
Viewfinder) ( pg. 18)
GETTING STARTED
25x
1 00min
MasterPage: Left
GR-D650AG_EN.book Page 12 Friday, April 7, 2006 7:00 PM
12 EN
GETTING STARTED
Provided Accessories
How To Attach The Lens Cap
To protect the lens, attach
the provided lens cap to the
camcorder as shown in the
illustration.
OR
NOTE:
To confirm the lens cap is on
correctly make sure the cap is
flush to the camcorder.
Place here during
shooting.
How To Attach The Shoulder Strap
Follow the illustration.
1 AC Adapter AP-V17E or AP-V19E
2 Battery Pack BN-VF707U
3 Audio/Video Cable (Ø3.5 mini-plug to RCA
plug)
4 USB Cable
5 Core Filter (for USB cable, pg. 13 for
attachment)
6 CD-ROM
7 Remote Control Unit RM-V740U
8 Lithium Battery CR2025* (for remote control
unit)
9 Shoulder Strap (see the right column for
attachment)
! Lens Cap (see the right column for
attachment)
1 Thread the strap through the eyelet.
2 Fold it back and thread it through the strap
guide and the buckle.
● To adjust the length of the strap, loosen and then
tighten the strap in the buckle.
3 Slide the strap guide fully towards the eyelet.
Buckle
Strap guide
2
2
* A lithium battery is pre-installed in the Remote
Control Unit at time of shipment (with insulation
sheet). To use the Remote Control Unit, remove
the insulation sheet.
NOTES:
● In order to maintain optimum performance of the
camcorder, provided cables may be equipped with
one or more core filter. If a cable has only one core
filter, the end that is closest to the filter should be
connected to the camcorder.
● Make sure to use the provided cables for
connections. Do not use any other cables.
1
Eyelet
3
MasterPage: Start_Right
GR-D650AG_EN.book Page 13 Friday, April 7, 2006 7:00 PM
GETTING STARTED
EN
13
How To Attach The Core Filter
Attach the core filters to the cables. The core
filter reduces interference.
1 Release the stoppers on both ends of the
core filter.
approx. 3 cm of cable between the cable plug
and the core filter.
Wind the cable once around the outside of the
core filter as shown in the illustration.
3 cm
Core filter
Wind once.
3 Close the core filter until it clicks shut.
NOTES:
● Take care not to damage the cable.
● When connecting a cable, attach the end with the
core filter to the camcorder.
GETTING STARTED
Stopper
2 Run the cable through the core filter, leaving
MasterPage: Left
GR-D650AG_EN.book Page 14 Friday, April 7, 2006 7:00 PM
14 EN
GETTING STARTED
To detach the battery pack
Power
This camcorder’s 2-way power supply system
lets you choose the most appropriate source of
power. Do not use provided power supply units
with other equipment.
Charging The Battery Pack
Battery pack mount
Slide the battery pack upward while pressing
PUSH BATT. to detach it.
Battery pack
Approx. 1 hr. 30 min.
BN-VF714U
Approx. 2 hrs. 40 min.
BN-VF733U
Approx. 5 hrs. 40 min.
* Provided
NOTES:
Battery
pack
PUSH
BATT.
1
2
Arrow
POWER/
CHARGE
lamp
To DC connector
To AC outlet
Power switch
AC Adapter
1 Set the Power Switch to “OFF”.
2 With the arrow on the battery pack pointing
downward, push the battery pack slightly against
the battery pack mount 1.
3 Slide down the battery pack until it locks in
place 2.
4 Connect the AC Adapter to the camcorder.
5 Plug the AC Adapter into an AC outlet. The
POWER/CHARGE lamp on the camcorder
blinks to indicate charging has started.
6 When the POWER/CHARGE lamp goes out,
charging is finished. Unplug the AC Adapter
from the AC outlet. Disconnect the AC Adapter
from the camcorder.
Charging time
BN-VF707U*
● This product includes patented and other
proprietary technology and will operate only
with JVC Data Battery. Use the JVC BNVF707U/VF714U/VF733U battery packs. Using
generic non-JVC batteries can cause damage
to the internal charging circuitry.
● If the protective cap is attached to the battery
pack, remove it first.
● During charging, the camcorder cannot be
operated.
● Charging is not possible if the wrong type of
battery is used.
● When charging the battery pack for the first time
or after a long storage period, the POWER/
CHARGE lamp may not light. In this case, remove
the battery pack from the camcorder, then try
charging again.
● If a fully charged battery pack is attached to the
unit, the POWER/CHARGE lamp does not blink to
indicate that charging is not performed.
● If the battery operation time remains extremely
short even after having been fully charged, the
battery is worn out and needs to be replaced.
Please purchase a new one.
● Since the AC Adapter processes electricity
internally, it becomes warm during use. Be sure to
use it only in well-ventilated areas.
● Using the optional AA-VF7 Battery Charger, you
can charge the BN-VF707U/VF714U/VF733U
battery pack without the camcorder.
● After 5 minutes has elapsed in Record-Standby
mode with the cassette inserted and no operation
is performed (“PAUSE” indicator may not appear),
the camcorder will automatically turn off its power
supplied from the AC adapter. In this case, the
battery charge starts if the battery is attached to
the camcorder.
MasterPage: Start_Right
GR-D650AG_EN.book Page 15 Friday, April 7, 2006 7:00 PM
EN
15
Using The Battery Pack
Using AC Power
Perform steps 2 – 3 in “Charging The Battery
Pack”.
Perform steps 4 – 5 in “Charging The Battery
Pack”.
Maximum continuous recording time
NOTE:
LCD monitor
on
Viewfinder on
The provided AC Adapter features automatic
voltage selection in the AC range from 110 V to
240 V.
BN-VF707U*
1 hr. 30 min.
1 hr. 40 min
BN-VF714U
3 hrs.5 min.
3 hrs.25 min
About Batteries
BN-VF733U
7 hrs.20 min.
8 hrs.
Battery pack
* Provided
NOTES:
● Recording time is reduced significantly under the
following conditions:
• Zoom or Record-Standby mode is engaged
repeatedly.
• The LCD monitor is used repeatedly.
• The playback mode is engaged repeatedly.
• The LED Light is used.
● Before extended use, it is recommended that you
prepare enough battery packs to cover 3 times the
planned shooting time.
ATTENTION:
Before detaching the power source, make sure that
the camcorder’s power is turned off. Failure to do so
can result in a camcorder malfunction.
Data Battery System
You can check the remaining battery power and
the recordable time.
1) Make sure the battery is attached and the
Power Switch is set to “OFF”.
2) Open the LCD monitor fully.
3) Press DATA, and the battery status screen
appears.
● It is displayed for approx. 3 seconds if the
button is pressed and released quickly, and for
approx. 15 seconds if the button is pressed
and hold for several seconds.
● If “COMMUNICATION ERROR” appears
instead of the battery status even though you
tried to press DATA several times, there may
be a problem with your battery. In such a case,
consult your nearest JVC dealer.
DANGER! Do not attempt to take the batteries
apart, or expose them to flame or excessive
heat, as it may cause a fire or explosion.
WARNING! Do not allow the battery or its
terminals to come in contact with metals, as this
can result in a short circuit and possibly start a
fire.
To resume the original function of the
accurate battery power indication
If the battery power indication differs from the
actual operating time, fully charge the battery, and
then run it down. However this function may not
turn back if the battery was used for a long period
of time under extremely high/low temperature
condition or charged too many times.
GETTING STARTED
GETTING STARTED
MasterPage: Left
GR-D650AG_EN.book Page 16 Friday, April 7, 2006 7:00 PM
16 EN
GETTING STARTED
Auto/Manual Mode
Operation Mode
To turn on the camcorder, set the Power Switch
to any operation mode except “OFF” while
pressing down the Lock Button located on the
switch.
Lock Button
VIDEO/
MEMORY
AUTO
POWER/
CHARGE lamp
Press AUTO button repeatedly to switch to auto/
manual recording mode. When manual mode is
selected, the indicator “ ” appears on the LCD
monitor.
M
A
Auto Mode :
You can record using no special effects or
manual adjustments.
M
MENU
Manual Mode :
Manual recording is possible by setting various
functions.
Power Switch
AUTO
Choose the appropriate operation mode
according to your preference using the Power
Switch and VIDEO/MEMORY Switch.
Power Switch Position
REC:
● Allows you to perform recording on the tape.
● Allows you to set various recording functions
using the menus. ( pg. 33)
OFF:
Allows you to switch off the camcorder.
PLAY:
● Allows you to play back a recording on the
tape.
● Allows you to display a still image stored in
the memory card or to transfer a still image
stored in the memory card to a PC.
● Allows you to set various playback functions
using the Menus. ( pg. 32)
VIDEO/MEMORY Switch Position
VIDEO:
Allows you to record on a tape or play back a
tape. If “REC SELECT” is set to “
/
”
( pg. 35), still images are recorded both on
the tape and the memory card.
MEMORY:
● Allows you to record in a memory card or
access data stored in a memory card.
● When the Power Switch is set to “REC”, the
currently selected image size appears.
MANUAL
Power-Linked Operation
When the Power Switch is set to “REC”, you can
also turn on/off the camcorder by opening/
closing the LCD monitor or pulling out/pushing in
the viewfinder.
INFORMATION:
The following explanations in this manual
supposes the use of LCD monitor in your
operation. If you want to use the viewfinder,
close the LCD monitor and pull out the
viewfinder fully.
MasterPage: Start_Right
GR-D650AG_EN.book Page 17 Friday, April 7, 2006 7:00 PM
GETTING STARTED
Date/Time Settings
The language on the display can be changed.
( pg. 32, 35)
1 Set the Power Switch to “REC” while pressing
down the Lock Button located on the switch.
2 Open the LCD monitor fully. ( pg. 20)
3 Set the recording mode to “M”.( pg. 16)
4 Press MENU. The Menu Screen appears.
5 Press 4, 3, 1 or 2 to
select “DISPLAY”, and
press SET. The DISPLAY
Menu appears.
6 Press 4, 3, 1 or 2 to
select “LANGUAGE”, and
press SET.
7 Press 4 or 3 to select
the desired language,
and press SET or 2.
● Press 1 whenever you
want to return to the
previous menu screen.
8 Press MENU. The
Menu Screen closes.
17
LANGUAGE
The date/time is recorded onto the tape at all
times, but its display can be turned on or off
during playback. ( pg. 35, 36)
1 Perform steps 1 – 5 in “Language Settings”
on the left column.
2 Press 4, 3, 1 or 2 to
select “CLOCK ADJ.”, and
press SET. The date
display format is
highlighted.
3 Press 3 or 4 to select
0001
DEMO
CLOCK ADJ .
MONTH . DATE . YEAR
1 2h
1 2 . 0 6 . 2 006
0 7 : 05 AM
the desired date display
format, then press SET or 2. Select from
“MONTH.DATE.YEAR”, “DATE.MONTH.YEAR”
or “YEAR.MONTH.DATE”.
4 Press 3 or 4 to select the time display
ENGLISH
FRANCAIS
DEUTSCH
ESPAÑOL
ITALIANO
format, then press SET or 2. Select from “24h”
or “12h”.
5 Set the year, month, date, hour and minute.
Press 3 or 4 to select the value, then press SET
or 2. Repeat this step until you have input all the
settings.
NOTE:
Press 1 to return to the previous setting.
6 Press MENU.The Menu screen closes.
GETTING STARTED
Language Settings
EN
MasterPage: Left
GR-D650AG_EN.book Page 18 Friday, April 7, 2006 7:00 PM
18 EN
GETTING STARTED
Grip Adjustment
1 Adjust the velcro strip.
2 Pass your right hand
through the loop and
grasp the grip.
3 Adjust your thumb and
fingers through the grip to
easily operate the
Recording Start/Stop
Button, Power Switch and
Power Zoom Lever. Be
sure to fasten the velcro strip to your preference.
Viewfinder Adjustment
1 Set the Power Switch to “REC” while pressing
down the Lock Button located on the switch.
2 Make sure the LCD monitor is closed and
locked. Pull out the viewfinder fully and adjust it
manually for best viewability.
Brightness Adjustment Of The
Display
1 Set the Power Switch
to “REC” or “PLAY” while
pressing down the Lock
Button located on the
switch.
2 Open the LCD monitor
fully. ( pg. 20)
● To adjust the brightness of
the viewfinder, pull out the
viewfinder fully and set
“PRIORITY” to “FINDER”
( pg. 32, 34).
3 Press MENU. The
Menu Screen appears. If
you are in Playback mode,
please proceed to step 5.
3
2
1
4
MENU
BRIGHT
–5
4 Press 4, 3, 1 or 2 to select “DISPLAY”, and
press SET. The DISPLAY Menu appears.
3 Turn the Dioptre Adjustment Control until the 5 Press 4, 3, 1 or 2 to select “BRIGHT”, and
indications in the viewfinder are clearly focused.
Example:
press SET. The Menu Screen closes and the
brightness control MENU appears.
6 Press 4 or 3 until the appropriate brightness
is reached and press SET or 2.
7 Press MENU. The menu screen closes.
Tripod Mounting
Dioptre Adjustment Control
CAUTION:
When retracting the viewfinder, take care not to
pinch your fingers.
To attach the camcorder
to a tripod, align the
direction stud and screw
to the mounting socket
and stud hole on the
camcorder. Then tighten
the screw clockwise.
● Some tripods are not
equipped with studs.
MasterPage: Start_Right
GR-D650AG_EN.book Page 19 Friday, April 7, 2006 7:00 PM
GETTING STARTED
Loading/Unloading A Cassette
The camcorder needs to be powered up to load
or eject a cassette.
PUSH
Cassette holder
cover
Loading/Unloading A Memory
Card
Card Cover (
Cassette holder
Make sure the window side
is facing out.
)
Erase
protection tab
1 Slide and hold OPEN/EJECT in the direction
of the arrow, then pull the cassette holder cover
open until it locks. The cassette holder opens
automatically.
● Do not touch internal components.
2 Insert or remove a tape and press “PUSH” to
close the cassette holder.
● Be sure to press only the section labeled “PUSH”
to close the cassette holder; touching other parts
may cause your finger to get caught in the
cassette holder, resulting in injury or product
damage.
● Once the cassette holder is closed, it recedes
automatically. Wait until it recedes completely
before closing the cassette holder cover.
● When the battery pack’s charge is low, you may
not be able to close the cassette holder cover. Do
not apply force. Replace the battery pack with a
fully charged one or use AC power before
continuing.
3 Close the cassette holder cover firmly until it
locks into place.
To protect valuable recordings
Slide the erase protection tab on the back of the
tape in the direction of “SAVE”. This prevents the
tape from being recorded over. To record on this
tape, slide the tab back to “REC” before loading
it.
NOTES:
19
GETTING STARTED
OPEN/EJECT
EN
● If the tape does not load properly, open the
cassette holder cover fully and remove the
cassette. A few minutes later, insert it again.
● When the camcorder is suddenly moved from a
cold place to a warm environment, wait a short
time before opening the cassette holder cover.
● If you wait a few seconds and the cassette holder
does not open, close the cassette holder cover
and try again. If the cassette holder still does not
open, turn the camcorder off then on again.
Memory card
(optional)
Write/erase protection tab
Clipped edge
1 Make sure the camcorder’s power is off.
2 Open the card cover ( ).
3 To load a memory card, firmly insert it with
its clipped edge first.
To unload a memory card, push it once. After
the memory card comes out of the camcorder,
pull it out.
● Do not touch the terminal on the reverse side of
the label.
4 Close the card cover.
To protect valuable files (available only for
SD Memory Card)
Slide the write/erase protection tab on the side
of the memory card in the direction of “LOCK”.
This prevents the memory card from being
recorded over. To record on this memory card,
slide the tab back to the position opposite to
“LOCK” before loading it.
NOTES:
● Some brands of memory cards are not compatible
with this camcorder. Before purchasing a memory
card, consult its manufacturer or dealer.
● Before using a new memory card, it is necessary
to format the card. ( pg. 31)
ATTENTION:
Do not insert or remove the memory card while the
camcorder is turned on, as this may cause the
memory card to be corrupted or cause the
camcorder to become unable to recognise whether
or not the card is installed.
MasterPage: Left
VIDEO RECORDING & PLAYBACK
GR-D650AG_EN.book Page 20 Friday, April 7, 2006 7:00 PM
20 EN
VIDEO RECORDING
● When a blank portion is left between recorded
Basic Recording
NOTE:
Before continuing, perform the procedures listed
below:
● Power ( pg. 14)
● Loading A Cassette ( pg. 19)
VIDEO/MEMORY
Zoom Lever
POWER/CHARGE Lamp
Lock Button
Recording Start/Stop Button
scenes on the tape, the time code is interrupted
and errors may occur when editing the tape. To
avoid this, refer to “Recording From The Middle Of
A Tape” ( pg. 22).
● To turn the melody sounds off, pg. 34.
Tape Remaining Time
Approximate tape remaining
time appears on the display.
“– – – min” means the
camcorder is calculating the
remaining time. When the
remaining time reaches 2 minutes, the indication
starts blinking.
● The time required to calculate and display the
remaining tape length, and the accuracy of the
calculation, may vary according to the type of tape
used.
LCD Monitor And Viewfinder
1 Remove the lens cap. ( pg. 12)
While using the LCD monitor:
2 Open the LCD monitor fully.
sure the viewfinder is pushed back in. Pull
3 Set the VIDEO/MEMORY Switch to “VIDEO”. Make
on the end
of the LCD monitor and open the
4 Set the Power Switch to “REC” while pressing LCD monitor fully. It can rotate 270° (90°
down the Lock Button located on the switch.
● The POWER/CHARGE lamp lights and the
downward, 180° upward).
camcorder enters the Record-Standby mode.
“
PAUSE” is displayed.
● To record in LP (Long Play) mode, pg. 33.
5 To start recording, press the Recording Start/
Stop Button. “
REC” appears on the display
while recording is in progress.
6 To stop recording, press the Recording Start/
Stop Button again. The camcorder re-enters the
Record-Standby mode.
Approximate recording time
Tape
Recording mode
SP
LP
30 min.
30 min.
45 min.
60 min.
60 min.
90 min.
80 min.
80 min.
120 min.
NOTES:
● If the Record-Standby mode continues for
5 minutes and no operation is performed
("PAUSE" indicator may not appear), the
camcorder’s power shuts off automatically. To turn
the camcorder on again, push back and pull out
the viewfinder again or close and re-open the LCD
monitor.
While using the viewfinder:
Make sure the LCD monitor is closed and
locked. Pull out the viewfinder fully.
NOTES:
● The image will not appear simultaneously on the
LCD monitor and the viewfinder. When the
viewfinder is pulled out while the LCD monitor is
opened, you can select which one to use. Set
“PRIORITY” to the desired mode in SYSTEM
Menu. ( pg. 34)
● Coloured bright spots may appear all over the
LCD monitor or the viewfinder. However, this is
not a malfunction. ( pg. 48)
MasterPage: Start_Right
GR-D650AG_EN.book Page 21 Friday, April 7, 2006 7:00 PM
VIDEO RECORDING
EN
21
Zooming
Tele Mode
Produces the zoom in/out effect, or an
instantaneous change in image magnification.
Performs instant clear zoom to an image during
recording or record/standby mode.
Zoom In
Slide the Power Zoom Lever towards “T”.
Zoom Out
Slide the Power Zoom Lever towards “W”.
● The further you slide the Power Zoom Lever, the
quicker the zoom action.
Zoom in (T: Telephoto)
Press 1.3x TELE alternately during recording or
record/standby mode to switch to OFF/ON.
When you select “TELE ON”. The Tele Mode
indicator “TELE” appears.
NOTES:
1x
● Available only when the VIDEO/MEMORY Switch
10x
20x
40x
is set to “VIDEO”.
● Tele mode cannot be used when the 16:9 wide
Zoom out (W: Wide angle)
10 x
Digital zoom zone
15X (optical) zoom zone
Approximate zoom ratio
NOTES:
● Focusing may become unstable during Zooming.
In this case, set the zoom while in RecordStandby, lock the focus by using the manual focus
( pg. 38), then zoom in or out in Record mode.
● Zooming is possible to a maximum of 700X, or it
can be switched to 15X magnification using the
optical zoom. ( pg. 34)
● Zoom magnification of over 15X is done through
Digital image processing, and is therefore called
Digital Zoom.
● During Digital zoom, the quality of image may
suffer.
● Digital zoom cannot be used when the VIDEO/
MEMORY Switch is set to “MEMORY”.
● Macro shooting (as close as approx. 5 cm to the
subject) is possible when the Power Zoom Lever is
set all the way to “W”. Also see “TELE MACRO” in
FUNCTION Menu on page 33.
● When shooting a subject close to the lens, zoom
out first. If zoomed-in in the auto focus mode, the
camcorder may automatically zoom out
depending on the distance between the
camcorder and the subject. This will not occur
when “TELE MACRO” is set to “ON”. ( pg. 33)
In some situations,
different shooting
angles may provide
more dramatic results.
Hold the camcorder in
the desired position
and tilt the LCD
monitor in the most
convenient direction. It
can rotate 270° (90°
downward, 180°
upward).
Interface Shooting
The person you shoot
can view himself/herself
in the LCD monitor, and
you can even shoot
yourself while viewing
your own image in the
LCD monitor.
1) Open the LCD
monitor and tilt it
upward to 180° so that it
faces forward. Then, pull
out the viewfinder fully.
2) Point the lens toward
the subject (yourself
when self-recording)
and start recording.
● During Interface Shooting, the monitor image
appears inverted as it would when viewing a
mirror. However, the actual recorded image does
not appear inverted.
● If the Quick Review ( pg. 22) is executed during
the interface shooting, the LCD monitor will be
turned off. In such a case, check the playback
picture in the viewfinder. To check the playback
picture in the LCD monitor, close the viewfinder.
VIDEO RECORDING & PLAYBACK
mode (16:9 indicator) is selected.
Journalistic Shooting
MasterPage: Left
GR-D650AG_EN.book Page 22 Friday, April 7, 2006 7:00 PM
VIDEO RECORDING
22 EN
Time Code
Quick Review
During recording, a time code is recorded on the
tape. This code is to confirm the location of the
recorded scene on the tape during playback.
Enables to check the end of the last recording.
1) Press QUICK REVIEW during the RecordingStandby mode.
2) Tape is rewound for about several seconds
and played back automatically, then pauses in
the Recording-Standby mode for the next shot.
● Distortion may occur at start of playback. This is
Display
Minutes
Seconds
Frames*
(25 frames = 1 second)
12 : 34 : 24
* Frames are not displayed during recording.
If recording starts from a blank portion, the time
code begins counting from “00:00:00”
(minute:second:frame). If recording starts from
the end of a previously recorded scene, the time
code continues from the last time code number.
If during recording a blank portion is left partway
through the tape, the time code is interrupted.
When recording is resumed, the time code
starts counting up again from “00:00:00”. This
means the camcorder may record the same time
codes as those existing in a previously recorded
scene. To prevent this, perform Recording From
The Middle Of A Tape ( pg. 22) in the following
cases;
● When shooting again after playing back a
recorded tape.
● When power shuts off during shooting.
● When a tape is removed and re-inserted during
shooting.
● When shooting using a partially recorded tape.
● When shooting on a blank portion located partway
through the tape.
● When shooting again after shooting a scene then
opening/closing the cassette holder cover.
NOTES:
● The time code cannot be reset.
● During fast-forwarding and rewinding, the time
code indication does not move smoothly.
● The time code is displayed only when “TIME
CODE” is set to “ON”. ( pg. 35)
normal.
Recording From The Middle Of A Tape
1) Play back a tape or use Blank Search
( pg. 23) to find the spot at which you want to
start recording, then engage the Still Playback
mode. ( pg. 23)
2) Set the Power Switch to “REC” while pressing
down the Lock Button located on the switch,
then start recording.
MasterPage: Video_Heading0_Right
GR-D650AG_EN.book Page 23 Friday, April 7, 2006 7:00 PM
VIDEO PLAYBACK
6
1
VOL. +/–
Lock Button
Speaker
VIDEO/
MEMORY
23
MENU
7
1 Load a cassette. ( pg. 19)
2 Set the VIDEO/MEMORY Switch to “VIDEO”.
3 Set the Power Switch to “PLAY” while
pressing down the Lock Button located on the
switch.
4 To start playback, press 6.
5 To stop playback, press 7.
● During Stop mode, press 1 to rewind, or ¡ to
fast-forward the tape.
To control the speaker volume
Slide the Power Zoom Lever (VOL. +/–) towards
“+” to turn up the volume, or towards “–” to turn
down the volume.
NOTES:
● The playback picture can be viewed in the LCD
monitor, viewfinder or on a connected TV.
( pg. 24)
● If Stop mode continues for 5 minutes when power
is supplied from a battery, the camcorder shuts off
automatically. To turn on again, set the Power
Switch to “OFF”, then to “PLAY”.
● When a cable is connected to the AV connector,
the sound is not heard from the speaker.
Still Playback
Pauses during video playback.
1) Press 6 during playback.
2) To resume normal playback, press 6 again.
● If still playback continues for more than about
3 minutes, the camcorder’s Stop mode is
automatically engaged.
Allows high-speed search in either direction
during video playback.
1) During playback, press ¡ for forward
search, or 1 for reverse search.
2) To resume normal playback, press 6.
● During playback, press and hold ¡ or 1. The
search continues as long as you hold the button.
Once you release the button, normal playback
resumes.
● A slight mosaic effect appears on the display
during Shuttle Search. This is not a malfunction.
ATTENTION:
During Shuttle Search, parts
of the picture may not be
clearly visible, particularly on
the left side of the screen.
Blank Search
Helps you find where you should start recording
in the middle of a tape to avoid time code
interruption. ( pg. 22)
1 Load a cassette. ( pg. 19)
2 Set the VIDEO/MEMORY Switch to “VIDEO”.
3 Set the Power Switch to “PLAY” while
pressing down the Lock Button located on the
switch.
4 Press BLANK.
● The “BLANK SEARCH” indication appears and
the camcorder automatically starts reverse or
forward search, then stops at the spot which is
about 3 seconds of tape before the beginning of
the detected blank portion.
● To cancel Blank Search, press 7 or BLANK.
NOTES:
● Before starting Blank Search, if the current
position is at a blank portion, the camcorder
searches in the reverse direction. If the current
position is at a recorded portion, the camcorder
searches in the forward direction.
● If the beginning or end of the tape is reached
during Blank Search, the camcorder stops
automatically.
● A blank portion which is shorter than 5 seconds of
tape may not be detected.
● The detected blank portion may be located
between recorded scenes. Before you start
recording, make sure there is no recorded scene
after the blank portion.
VIDEO RECORDING & PLAYBACK
Normal Playback
¡
EN
Shuttle Search
MasterPage: Left
GR-D650AG_EN.book Page 24 Friday, April 7, 2006 7:00 PM
24 EN
VIDEO PLAYBACK
Connections To A TV Or VCR
1 Make sure all units are turned off.
2 Connect the camcorder to a TV or VCR as
shown in the illustration.
If using a VCR, go to step 3.
If not, go to step 4.
3 Connect the VCR output to the TV input,
referring to your VCR’s instruction manual.
4 Turn on the camcorder, the VCR and the TV.
5 Set the VCR to its AUX input mode, and set
the TV to its VIDEO mode.
To AV
connector
Audio/Video
cable
(provided)
6 Start playback on the camcorder. ( pg. 23)
To choose whether or not the following
displays appear on the connected TV
● Date/Time
S Cable
(optional)
Set “DATE/TIME” to “ON” or “OFF”.
( pg. 32, 36)
Or, press DISPLAY on the remote control to turn
on/off the date indication.
● Time Code
Set “TIME CODE” to “ON” or “OFF”.
( pg. 32, 36)
● Indications other than date/time and time code
Set “ON SCREEN” to “OFF”, “LCD” or “LCD/TV”.
( pg. 32, 36)
NOTES:
TV
VCR
1Yellow to VIDEO IN (Connect when your TV/
VCR has only A/V input connectors.)
2Red to AUDIO R IN*
3White to AUDIO L IN*
4To S-VIDEO IN (Connect when your TV/VCR
has S-VIDEO IN and AV input connectors. In
this case, it is not necessary to connect the
yellow video cable.)
* Not required for watching still images only.
NOTE:
The S-Video cable is optional. Be sure to use the
YTU94146A S-Video cable. Consult the JVC
Service Centre described on the sheet included in
the package for details on its availability. Make sure
to connect the end with a core filter to the camera.
The core filter reduces interference.
● It is recommended to use the AC Adapter as
the power supply instead of the battery pack.
( pg. 15)
● To monitor the picture and sound from the
camcorder without inserting a tape or memory
card, set the camcorder’s Power Switch to “REC”,
then set your TV to the appropriate input mode.
● Make sure you adjust the TV sound volume to its
minimum level to avoid a sudden burst of sound
when the camcorder is turned on.
MasterPage: Start_Right
GR-D650AG_EN.book Page 25 Friday, April 7, 2006 7:00 PM
Playback Using The Remote
Control
The Full-Function Remote Control Unit can
operate this camcorder from a distance as well
as the basic operations (Playback, Stop, Pause,
Fast-Forward and Rewind) of your VCR. It also
makes additional playback functions possible.
( pg. 26)
Installing The Battery
The remote control uses
one lithium battery
(CR2025).
1 Pull out the battery
holder by pushing the lock
tab.
2
1
13
2 Insert the battery in the Lock tab
holder, and be sure to
have the “+” mark visible.
3 Slide the holder back in until you hear a click.
Beam Effective Area (indoor use)
When using the remote
control, be sure to point it
at the remote sensor. The
transmitted beam’s
approximate effective
distance for indoor use is
5 m.
Remote sensor
NOTE:
The transmitted beam may not be effective or may
cause incorrect operation when the remote sensor
is directly exposed to sunlight or powerful lighting.
Buttons And Functions
1Infrared beam transmitting window
● Transmits the beam signal.
EN
25
The following buttons are available only when
the camcorder’s Power Switch is set to “PLAY”.
2PAUSE Button
● Pauses the tape ( pg. 26)
Up Button ( pg. 26)
3SLOW Rewind Button ( pg. 26)
4REW Button
● Rewind/Reverse Shuttle Search on a tape
( pg. 23)
● Displays previous file in a memory card
( pg. 28)
Left Button ( pg. 26)
5INSERT Button ( pg. 46)
6SHIFT Button ( pg. 26)
7DISPLAY Button ( pg. 24, 43)
8SLOW Forward Button ( pg. 26)
9PLAY Button
● Starts Playback of a tape ( pg. 23)
● Starts Auto Playback of images in a memory
card ( pg. 28)
!FF Button
● Forward/Forward Shuttle Search on a tape
( pg. 23)
● Displays next file in a memory card ( pg. 28)
Right Button ( pg. 26)
"A. DUB Button ( pg. 46)
#STOP Button
● Stops the tape ( pg. 23)
● Stops Auto Playback ( pg. 28)
Down Button ( pg. 26)
$EFFECT Button ( pg. 26)
%EFFECT ON/OFF Button ( pg. 26)
The following buttons are available when the
camcorder’s Power Switch is set to “REC”.
&Zoom (T/W) Buttons
Zoom in/out ( pg. 21, 26)
(Also available with the Power Switch set to
“PLAY”)
(START/STOP Button
Functions the same as the Recording Start/
Stop Button on the camcorder.
)S.SHOT Button
Functions the same as SNAPSHOT on the
camcorder.
(Also available with the Power Switch set to
“PLAY”)
VIDEO RECORDING & PLAYBACK
VIDEO PLAYBACK
MasterPage: Left
GR-D650AG_EN.book Page 26 Friday, April 7, 2006 7:00 PM
VIDEO PLAYBACK
26 EN
2) At the point you want to zoom
in, press the Zoom Button (T).
● To zoom out, press the Zoom
.
Zoom (T/W)
SLOW (
)
PAUSE or
(Up)
Button (W).
SLOW (
)
PLAY
(Right)
(Left)
STOP or
(Down)
SHIFT
Slow-Motion Playback
During normal video playback, press SLOW (
or ) more than approx. 2 seconds.
● After approx. 10 minutes, normal playback
resumes.
● To pause Slow-Motion playback, press PAUSE
(PAUSE).
● To stop Slow-Motion playback, press PLAY (3).
NOTES:
● You can also engage Slow-Motion Playback from
Still Playback by pressing SLOW (
or
) more
than approx. 2 seconds.
● During Slow-Motion Playback, due to digital
image processing, the picture may take on a
mosaic effect.
● After SLOW ( or ) is pressed and held, the
still image may be displayed for a few seconds,
followed by a blue screen for a few seconds. This
is not a malfunction.
● During Slow-Motion Playback, there will be
disturbances in video and the picture may seem
unstable, especially with steady images. This is
not a malfunction.
Frame-By-Frame Playback
During normal or still playback, press SLOW
( ) repeatedly for forward or SLOW ( )
repeatedly for reverse. Each time SLOW ( or
) is pressed, the frame is played back.
Playback Zoom
Magnifies the recorded image up to 47X at any
time during video playback and D.S.C. playback.
1) Press PLAY (3) to start video
playback. Or perform normal
playback of images.
3) You can move the image on
the screen around to find a
particular portion of the picture.
While holding down SHIFT,
press
(Left), (Right),
(Up) and
(Down).
● To end zoom, press and hold W until
magnification returns to normal. Or, press STOP
(7) and then press PLAY (3) during video
playback.
● To end zoom during D.S.C. playback, press PLAY
(3).
NOTES:
● Zoom can also be used during slow-motion and still
playback.
● Due to digital image processing, the quality of the
image may suffer.
Playback Special Effects
Allows you to add creative effects to the video
playback image.
SEPIA: Recorded scenes have a brownish
tint like old photos.
MONOTONE: Like classic black and white
films, your footage is shot in B/W.
CLASSIC: Gives recorded scenes a
strobe effect.
STROBE: Your recording looks like a
series of consecutive snapshots.
1) To start
EFFECT ON/OFF
playback,
EFFECT
press PLAY
(3).
2) Press
EFFECT. The
PLAYBACK EFFECT Select Menu appears.
3) Press EFFECT repeatedly to move the
highlight bar to the desired effect.
● The selected function is activated and after
2 seconds the menu disappears.
● To deactivate the selected effect, press EFFECT
ON/OFF. To reactivate the selected effect press
EFFECT ON/OFF again.
● To change the selected effect, repeat from step 2
above.
DIGITAL STILL CAMERA (D.S.C.) RECORDING &
PLAYBACK
MasterPage: Start_Right
GR-D650AG_EN.book Page 27 Friday, April 7, 2006 7:00 PM
D.S.C. RECORDING
27
on the Picture Quality/Image Size, etc.
You can use your camcorder as a Digital Still
Camera for taking snapshots. Still images are
stored in the memory card.
Image Size/Picture
Quality
SD Memory Card*
8 MB 16 MB 32 MB 64 MB
NOTE:
640 x 480/FINE
47
95
205
Before continuing, perform the procedures listed
below:
● Power ( pg. 14)
● Loading a Memory Card ( pg. 19)
SNAPSHOT
640 x 480/STANDARD
160
295
625 1285
1024 x 768/FINE
21
47
95
200
1024 x 768/STANDARD
65
145
310
640
1280 x 960/FINE
13
29
60
125
1280 x 960/STANDARD
45
95
205
425
Lock Button
VIDEO/
MEMORY
Power Switch
1 Remove the lens cap.
2 Open the LCD monitor fully. ( pg. 20)
3 Set the VIDEO/MEMORY Switch to
“MEMORY”.
4 Set the Power Switch to “REC” while pressing
down the Lock Button located on the switch.
● To change the Image Size and/or Picture Quality,
pg. 32, 35.
5 Press SNAPSHOT. The “PHOTO” indication
appears while the snapshot is being taken.
● To delete unwanted still images, refer to “Deleting
Files”. ( pg. 30)
● When you do not want to hear the shutter sound,
set “MELODY” to “OFF”. ( pg. 32, 34)
NOTE:
If shooting is not performed for approx. 5 minutes
when the Power Switch is set to “REC” and power
is supplied from the battery pack, the camcorder
shuts off automatically to save power. To perform
shooting again, push back and pull out the
viewfinder again or close and re-open the LCD
monitor.
425
Image Size/Picture
Quality
MultiMediaCard*
8 MB
16 MB 32 MB
640 x 480/FINE
55
105
215
640 x 480/STANDARD
190
320
645
1024 x 768/FINE
25
50
100
1024 x 768/STANDARD
75
160
320
1280 x 960/FINE
16
32
60
1280 x 960/STANDARD
50
105
216
*
Optional
DIGITAL STILL CAMERA (D.S.C.) RECORDING & PLAYBACK
Basic Shooting (D.S.C. Snapshot)
EN
Approximate Number of Storable Images
● The number increases or decreases depending
MasterPage: Heading0_Left
GR-D650AG_EN.book Page 28 Friday, April 7, 2006 7:00 PM
D.S.C. PLAYBACK
28 EN
Normal Playback Of Images
Images shot with the camcorder are
automatically numbered, then stored in
numerical order in the memory card. You can
view the stored images, one at a time, much like
flipping through a photo album.
1
6
2
Lock Button
Index Playback Of Files
You can view several different files stored in the
memory card at a time. This browsing capability
makes it easy to locate a particular file you want.
1 Perform steps 1 – 3 in “Normal Playback Of
Images” (see the left column).
2 Press INDEX. The
3 Press 4, 3, 1
or 2 to
move the frame to the
desired file.
Power Switch
VIDEO/
MEMORY
7
Selected file
Index Screen appears.
MENU
1 Load a memory card. ( pg. 19)
2 Set the VIDEO/MEMORY Switch to
“MEMORY”.
3 Set the Power Switch to “PLAY” while
pressing down the Lock Button located on the
switch.
● A stored image is displayed.
4 Press 1 to display the previous file. Press 2
to display the next file.
NOTE:
Images shot and stored on the card with another
device with resolutions other than “640 x 480” and
“1024 x 768”will be displayed as thumbnails only.
These thumbnail images cannot be transferred to a
PC.
4 Press SET. The
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
selected file is displayed.
Index number
Removing On-Screen Display
1 Perform steps 1 – 3 in “Normal Playback Of
Images” (see the left column).
2 Press MENU. The Menu Screen appears.
3 Press 4, 3, 1 or 2 to select “ON SCREEN”,
and press SET. The ON SCREEN Menu
appears.
4 Press 4 or 3 to select “OFF”, and press SET
or 2, then press MENU. The operation mode
indicator and folder/file number disappear.
● To display the indicators again, select “ON”.
Folder/file number
Playback Zoom
ON SCREEN
Available only with the remote control.
( pg. 26)
Auto Playback Of Images
You can run through all the images stored in
memory card automatically.
1 Perform steps 1 – 3 in “Normal Playback Of
Images”.
2 Press 6 to start Auto Playback.
● If you press 1 during Auto Playback, files are
displayed in descending order.
● If you press 2 during Auto Playback, files are
displayed in ascending order.
3 To end Auto Playback, press 7.
Operation mode indicator
MasterPage: Start_Right
GR-D650AG_EN.book Page 29 Friday, April 7, 2006 7:00 PM
ADDITIONAL FEATURES FOR D.S.C.
1 Perform steps 1 – 3 in “Normal Playback Of
Images”. ( pg. 28)
2 Press MENU. The Menu Screen appears.
3 Press 4, 3, 1 or 2 to select “NO. RESET”,
and press SET. The NO. RESET screen
appears.
4 Press 4 or 3 to select “EXECUTE”, and
press SET. The new folder (such as
“101JVCGR”) will be made and the file name of
the next shot starts from DVC00001.
NOTE:
If the file name reaches DVC09999, a new folder
(such as “101JVCGR”) will be made and the file
name will start again from DVC00001.
Protecting Files
4 Press 4 or 3 to select “PROT.ALL”, and press
SET or 2. The PROTECT screen appears.
5 Press 4 or 3 to select “EXECUTE”, and
press SET.
● To cancel protection, select “RETURN”.
NOTES:
● If the “
” mark appears, the currently displayed
file is protected.
● When the memory card is initialised or corrupted,
even protected files are deleted. If you do not want
to lose important files, transfer them to a PC and
save them.
To Remove Protection
Before doing the following, perform steps 1 – 3
in “Protecting Files”.
To remove protection from the currently
displayed file
4 Press 4 or 3 to select
“CURRENT”, and press
SET or 2. The PROTECT
screen appears.
5 Press 1 or 2 to select
CANCEL
EXECUTE
RETURN
The Protect mode helps prevent the accidental
erasure of files.
the desired file.
1 Perform steps 1 – 3 in “Normal Playback Of
press SET.
● To cancel selection, select “RETURN”.
● Repeat steps 5 and 6 for all files you want to
Images”. ( pg. 28)
2 Press MENU. The Menu Screen appears.
3 Press 4, 3, 1 or 2 to select “PROTECT”, and
29
6 Press 4 or 3 to select “EXECUTE”, and
remove protection.
press SET. The PROTECT Menu appears.
To remove protection from all files stored in
the memory card
To protect the currently displayed file
4 Press 4 or 3 to select “CANC.ALL”, and
4 Press 4 or 3 to select
“CURRENT”, and press
SET or 2. The PROTECT
screen appears.
5 Press 1 or 2 to select
the desired file.
6 Press 4 or 3 to select
“EXECUTE”, and press
SET.
● To cancel protection,
select “RETURN”.
● Repeat steps 5 and 6 for
all files you want to
protect.
press SET or 2. The PROTECT screen appears.
5 Press 4 or 3 to select “EXECUTE”, and
press SET.
● To cancel selection, select “RETURN”.
DIGITAL STILL CAMERA (D.S.C.) RECORDING & PLAYBACK
Resetting The File Name
By resetting the file name, a new folder will be
made. The new files you are going to make will
be stored in the new folder. It is convenient to
separate the new files from previously made
files.
EN
To protect all files stored in the memory card
MasterPage: Left
GR-D650AG_EN.book Page 30 Friday, April 7, 2006 7:00 PM
30 EN
ADDITIONAL FEATURES FOR D.S.C.
Deleting Files
Previously stored files can be deleted either one
at a time or all at once.
Setting Print Information
(DPOF Setting)
To delete the currently displayed file
This camcorder is compatible with the DPOF
(Digital Print Order Format) standard in order to
support future systems such as automatic
printing. You can select one of the 2 print
information settings for images stored in the
memory card: “To Print All Still Images (One
Print For Each)” or “To Print By Selecting Still
Images And Number Of Prints”.
4 Press 4 or 3 to select
NOTE:
1 Perform steps 1 – 3 in “Normal Playback Of
Images” ( pg. 28).
2 Press MENU. The Menu Screen appears.
3 Press 4, 3, 1 or 2 to select “DELETE”, and
press SET. The Menu appears.
“CURRENT”, and press
SET or 2. The DELETE
screen appears.
5
Press 1 or 2 to select
the desired file.
6 Press 4 or 3 to select
“EXECUTE”, and press
SET.
● To cancel deletion, select
“RETURN”.
● Repeat steps 5 and 6 for
all files you want to delete.
NOTE:
If the “
” mark appears, the selected file is
protected and cannot be deleted.
To delete all files stored in the memory card
4 Press 4 or 3 to select “ALL”, and press SET
or 2. The DELETE screen appears.
5 Press 4 or 3 to select “EXECUTE”, and
press SET.
● To cancel deletion, select “RETURN”.
NOTES:
● Protected files ( pg. 29) cannot be deleted. To
delete them, remove protection first.
● Once files are deleted, they cannot be restored.
Check files before deleting.
CAUTION:
Do not remove the memory card or perform any
other operation (such as turning off the camcorder)
during deletion. Also, be sure to use the provided
AC Adapter, as the memory card may be corrupted
if the battery becomes exhausted during deletion. If
the memory card becomes corrupted, initialise it.
( pg. 31)
If you load a memory card already set as shown
below in a printer compatible with DPOF, it will
make prints of the selected still images
automatically.
To Print All Still Images (One Print For Each)
1 Perform steps 1 – 3 in “Normal Playback Of
Images”. ( pg. 28)
2 Press MENU. The Menu Screen appears.
3 Press 4, 3, 1 or 2 to
select “DPOF”, and press
SET. The DPOF Menu
appears.
4 Press 4 or 3 to select
“ALL 1”, and press SET or
2. The DPOF screen
appears.
5 Press 4 or 3 to select
“EXECUTE”, and press
SET. The normal playback
screen appears.
● To cancel selection, select
“RETURN”.
MasterPage: Start_Right
GR-D650AG_EN.book Page 31 Friday, April 7, 2006 7:00 PM
ADDITIONAL FEATURES FOR D.S.C.
1 Perform steps 1 – 3 in “To Print All Still
Images (One Print For Each)”. ( pg. 30)
2 Press 4 or 3 to select
“CURRENT”, and press
SET or 2. The DPOF
screen appears.
3 Press 1 or 2 to select
the desired file.
4 Press 4 or 3 to select the number indication
(00), and press SET.
5 Select the number of
prints by pressing 3 to
increase the number, or 4
to decrease the number,
and press SET.
● Repeat steps 3 through 5
for the desired number of
prints.
● The number of prints can be set up to 15.
● To correct the number of prints, select the image
again and change the number.
6 Press 4 or 3 to select
“RETURN”, and press
SET. The “SAVE?”
appears.
● If you did not change any
settings in step 3 through
5, the DPOF Menu
reappears.
7 Press 4 or 3 to select “EXECUTE” to save
the setting you have just made, and press SET.
● To cancel selection, select “CANCEL”.
EN
31
To Reset The Number Of Prints
1 Perform steps 1 – 3 in “To Print All Still
Images (One Print For Each)”. ( pg. 30)
2 Press 4 or 3 to select “RESET”, and press
SET or 2. The DPOF screen appears.
3 Press 4 or 3 to select “EXECUTE”, and
press SET. The normal playback screen
appears.
● To cancel selection, select “RETURN”.
● The number of prints is reset to 0 for all still
images.
CAUTION:
While performing the above, never disconnect
power, as this may cause the memory card to be
corrupted.
Initialising A Memory Card
You can initialise a memory card any time.
After initialising, all files and data stored in the
memory card, including those which have been
protected, are cleared.
1 Set the VIDEO/MEMORY Switch to
“MEMORY”.
2 Set the Power Switch to “PLAY” while
pressing down the Lock Button located on the
switch.
3 Press MENU. The Menu Screen appears.
4 Press 4, 3, 1 or 2 to
select “FORMAT”, and
press SET. The FORMAT
screen appears.
5 Press 4 or 3 to select
“EXECUTE”, and press
SET. The memory card is
initialised.
● When initialisation is finished, “NO IMAGES
STORED” appears.
● To cancel initialisation, select “RETURN”.
CAUTION:
Do not perform any other operation (such as
turning off the camcorder) during initialisation.
Also, be sure to use the provided AC Adapter, as
the memory card may be corrupted if the battery
becomes exhausted during initialisation. If the
memory card becomes corrupted, initialize it.
DIGITAL STILL CAMERA (D.S.C.) RECORDING & PLAYBACK
To Print By Selecting Still Images And
Number Of Prints
ADVANCED FEATURES
MasterPage: Heading0_Left
GR-D650AG_EN.book Page 32 Friday, April 7, 2006 7:00 PM
MENUS FOR DETAILED ADJUSTMENT
32 EN
Changing The Menu Settings
Video Recording and D.S.C. Recording Menus
FUNCTION ( pg. 33) Selected menu icon
SETTING ( pg. 33)
SYSTEM ( pg. 34)
WIPE/FADER
DISPLAY ( pg. 35)
EF
DSC ( pg. 35)
This camcorder is equipped with an easy-to-use,
on-screen menu system that simplifies many of
the more detailed camcorder settings.
( pg. 32 – 36)
1
3
2
Lock Button
1) Press 4, 3, 1 or 2 to
select the desired
selection and press SET.
● Example: WIPE/FADER
WB
Menu.
VIDEO/
MEMORY
Power Switch
4
MENU
● Press
to return to the Main Menu screen.
2) Press 4 or 3 to select the desired parameter
and press SET or 2. Selection is complete.
● The “3” indicator shows the setting that is
currently saved inside the camcorder’s memory.
1 For Video and D.S.C. Recording Menus:
● Set the VIDEO/MEMORY Switch to “VIDEO” or
“MEMORY”.
● Set the Power Switch to “REC” while pressing
M
down the Lock Button located on the switch.
● Set the recording mode to “ ”. ( pg. 16)
For Video Playback Menu:
● Set the VIDEO/MEMORY Switch to “VIDEO”.
● Set the Power Switch to “PLAY” while pressing
down the Lock Button located on the switch.
● For D.S.C. Playback Menu, refer to “D.S.C.
PLAYBACK” ( pg. 28).
2 Open the LCD monitor fully. ( pg. 20)
3 Press MENU. The Menu Screen appears.
4 Press 4, 3, 1 or 2 to select the desired
function, and press SET. The selected function
menu appears.
Screen for Video
Screen for Video and
D.S.C. Recording Menu Playback Menu
REC MODE
FUNCTION
SP
LP
TV
5 Setting procedure hereafter depends on the
selected function.
NOTES:
● You cannot enter Menu Screen during recording.
● Certain functions cannot be set in the Video or
D.S.C. Recording Menus. These icons will be
displayed in grey/white.
● Press 1 whenever you want to cancel or return to
the previous Menu Screen.
3) Press MENU. The Menu Screen closes.
NOTE:
Repeat the procedure if you wish to set other
function menus.
Video Playback Menu
REC MODE ( pg. 36)
SOUND MODE ( pg. 36)
NARRATION ( pg. 36)
S/AV INPUT( pg. 36)
BRIGHT ( pg. 36)
DATE/TIME ( pg. 36)
ON SCREEN ( pg. 36)
TIME CODE ( pg. 36)
TV 16:9 ( pg. 36)
Selected menu icon
SP
LP
Example: REC MODE
Menu
1) Press 4 or 3 to
select the desired
parameter and press
SET or 2. Selection is
complete.
● Repeat the procedure if
REC MODE
SP
LP
TV
you wish to set other
“3” indicator
function menus.
● The “3” indicator shows
the setting that is
SP
LP
currently saved inside
the camcorder’s
memory.
● Press 1 whenever you
want to cancel or return
to the previous Menu
Screen.
2) Press MENU. The Menu Screen closes.
MasterPage: Start_Right
GR-D650AG_EN.book Page 33 Friday, April 7, 2006 7:00 PM
MENUS FOR DETAILED ADJUSTMENT
Recording Menus
The following menu settings can be changed
only when the Power Switch is set to “REC”.
[ ] = Factory-preset
WIPE/FADER
( pg. 41), “Wipe or Fader Effects”
EFFECT
( pg. 42), “Program AE, Effects and Shutter
Effects”
PROGRAM AE
( pg. 42), “Program AE, Effects and Shutter
Effects”
SHUTTER
( pg. 42), “Program AE, Effects and Shutter
Effects”
EXPOSURE
( pg. 39), “Exposure Control”
WB
W. BALANCE
( pg. 40), “White Balance Adjustment”
TELE MACRO
[OFF]: Disables the function.
ON: When the distance to the subject is less
than 1 m, set “TELE MACRO” to “ON”. You can
shoot a subject as large as possible at a
distance of approx. 40 cm.
Depending on the zoom position, the lens may go
out of focus.
33
The following settings are effective when the
Power Switch is set to “REC”.
[ ] = Factory-preset
SP
LP
REC MODE
[SP]*: To record in the SP (Standard Play) mode
LP: Long Play—more economical, providing 1.5
times the recording time.
* SP indicator does not appear on the screen.
NOTES:
● Audio Dubbing ( pg. 46) and Insert Editing
( pg. 46) are possible on tapes recorded in the
SP mode.
● If the recording mode is switched, the playback
picture will be blurred at the switching point.
● It is recommended that tapes recorded in the LP
mode on this camcorder be played back on this
camcorder.
● During playback of a tape recorded on another
camcorder, blocks of noise may appear or there
may be momentary pauses in the sound.
SOUND MODE
[12BIT]: Enables video recording of stereo
sound on four separate channels, and is
recommended for use when performing Audio
Dubbing. (Equivalent to the 32 kHz mode of
previous models)
16BIT: Enables video recording of stereo sound
on two separate channels. (Equivalent to the
48 kHz mode of previous models)
DIS*
OFF: Disables the function.
[ON
]: To compensate for unstable images
caused by camera-shake, particularly at high
magnification.
NOTES:
● Accurate stabilisation may not be possible if hand
shake is excessive, or depending on the shooting
condition.
● The “
” indicator blinks or goes out if the
Stabiliser cannot be used.
● Switch off this mode when recording with the
camcorder on a tripod.
* Available only when the VIDEO/MEMORY Switch
is set to “VIDEO”.
ADVANCED FEATURES
FUNCTION
EN
SETTING
MasterPage: Left
GR-D650AG_EN.book Page 34 Friday, April 7, 2006 7:00 PM
34 EN
MENUS FOR DETAILED ADJUSTMENT
SNAP/SLOW*
[SNAP]: Snapshot mode
SLOW : Live Slow mode
For details on the procedure, refer to “Live Slow”
( pg. 37) and “Snapshot (Record Still Image
On Tape)” ( pg. 38).
* Available only when the VIDEO/MEMORY Switch
is set to “VIDEO”.
ZOOM*
[15X]: When set to “15X” while using digital
zoom, the zoom magnification will reset to 15X
since digital zoom will be disengaged.
60X*: Allows you to use the Digital Zoom. By
digitally processing and magnifying images,
zooming is possible from 15X (the optical zoom
limit), to a maximum of 60X digital magnification.
700X*: Allows you to use the Digital Zoom. By
digitally processing and magnifying images,
zooming is possible from 15X (the optical zoom
limit), to a maximum of 700X digital
magnification.
* Available only when the VIDEO/MEMORY Switch
is set to “VIDEO”.
AGC
GAIN UP
OFF: Allows you to shoot dark scenes with no
picture brightness adjustment.
[AGC]: The overall appearance may be grainy,
but the image is bright.
AUTO
: The shutter speed is automatically
adjusted. Shooting a subject in low or poor
lighting at slow shutter speed provides a brighter
image than in the AGC mode, but the subject’s
movements are not smooth or natural. The
overall appearance may be grainy. While the
shutter speed is being automatically adjusted,
“
” is displayed.
WIND CUT
[OFF]: Disengages the function.
ON
: Helps cut down on noise created by
wind. The “
” indicator appears. The quality of
the sound will change. This is normal.
TV
16:9
To enable your tv to display images in 16:9 wide
mode, set the tv screen size correctly.
[4:3TV]: For TV with an aspect ratio of 4:3.
16:9TV: For TV with an aspect ratio of 16:9.
SYSTEM
The “ SYSTEM” functions which are set when
the Power Switch is set to “REC” are also
applied when the Power Switch is set to “PLAY”.
[ ] = Factory-preset
MELODY
OFF: Even though not heard while shooting,
shutter sound is recorded on the tape.
[ON]: A melody sounds when any operation is
performed. It also activates the shutter sound
effect. ( pg. 27, 38)
CAM RESET
[RETURN]: Does not reset all settings to the
factory-preset.
EXECUTE: Resets all settings to the factorypreset.
PRIORITY
[LCD]: The image is displayed on the LCD
monitor when the viewfinder is pulled out while
the LCD monitor is opened.
FINDER: The image is displayed in the
viewfinder when the viewfinder is pulled out
while the LCD monitor is opened.
REMOTE
OFF: Disables the remote control operations.
[ON]: Enables the remote control operations.
MasterPage: Start_Right
GR-D650AG_EN.book Page 35 Friday, April 7, 2006 7:00 PM
MENUS FOR DETAILED ADJUSTMENT
● The following menu settings can be changed only
when the Power Switch is set to “REC”.
● The DISPLAY settings except “BRIGHT” and
“LANGUAGE” are effective only for shooting.
[ ] = Factory-preset
BRIGHT
pg. 18, “Brightness Adjustment Of The
Display”
LANGUAGE
[ENGLISH] / FRANÇAIS / DEUTSCH /
ESPAÑOL / ITALIANO / NEDERLANDS /
PORTUGUÊS / РУССКИЙ /
/
B.MELAYU / BHS.INDO / ‰∑¬ /
/
/
The language setting can be changed.
( pg. 17)
DATE/TIME
[OFF]: The date/time does not appear.
ON: The date/time is always displayed.
● The date indication can also be turned on/off by
pressing the DISPLAY Button on the remote
control. ( pg. 24, 43)
ON SCREEN
LCD: Keeps the camcorder’s display (except the
date, time and time code) from appearing on the
connected TV screen.
[LCD/TV]: Makes the camcorder’s display
appear on screen when the camcorder is
connected to a TV.
TIME CODE
[OFF]: Time code is not displayed.
ON: Time code is displayed on the camcorder
and on the connected TV. Frame numbers are
not displayed during recording. ( pg. 22)
DEMO
DEMO MODE
OFF: Automatic demonstration will not take
place.
[ON]: Demonstrates certain functions such as
Wipe/Fader and Effects, etc., and can be used
to confirm how these functions operate.
Demonstration starts in the following cases:
● When the Menu Screen is closed after “DEMO
MODE” is turned “ON”.
● With “DEMO MODE” set to “ON”, if there is no
operation for about 3 minutes after the Power
Switch is set to “REC”.
35
demonstration stops the demonstration
temporarily. If no operation is performed for more
than 3 minutes after that, the demonstration will
resume.
NOTES:
● If a cassette is in the camcorder, the
demonstration cannot be turned on.
● “DEMO MODE” remains “ON” even if the
camcorder power is turned off.
DSC
CLOCK ADJ.
pg. 17, “Date/Time Settings”
EN
● Performing any operation during the
[ ] = Factory-preset
QUALITY
[FINE] / STANDARD
The Picture Quality mode can be selected to
best match your needs. Two Picture Quality
modes are available: FINE (
) and
STANDARD (
) (in order of quality).
NOTE:
The number of storable images depends on the
selected picture quality as well as the composition
of the subjects in the images and the type of
memory card being used. ( pg. 27)
IMAGE SIZE
640 x 480 / 1024 x 768 / [1280 x 960]
The Image Size mode can be selected to best
match your needs. ( pg. 27)
NOTE:
The setting can be changed only when the VIDEO/
MEMORY Switch is set to “MEMORY”.
REC SELECT
[
(TAPE)]: When Snapshot recording is
performed with the VIDEO/MEMORY Switch set
to “VIDEO”, still images are recorded only onto
the tape.
/
(TAPE/CARD): When Snapshot
recording is performed with the VIDEO/
MEMORY Switch set to “VIDEO”, still images
are recorded not only onto the tape but also in
the memory card (640 x 480 pixels).
ADVANCED FEATURES
DISPLAY
MasterPage: Left
GR-D650AG_EN.book Page 36 Friday, April 7, 2006 7:00 PM
36 EN
MENUS FOR DETAILED ADJUSTMENT
Playback Menus
[ ] = Factory-preset
SOUND MODE and NARRATION
During tape playback, the camcorder detects the
sound mode in which the recording was made,
and plays the sound back. Select the type of
sound to accompany your playback picture.
According to the menu access explanation on
page 32, select “SOUND MODE” or
“NARRATION” from the Menu Screen and set it
to the desired parameter.
The setting below are effective only for video
playback except “BRIGHT”, “16:9” and “REC
MODE”.
The parameters (except “OFF” in ON SCREEN,
SOUND MODE and NARRATION settings) are
the same as in the description on page 33, 35.
SP
LP
REC MODE
[SP]* / LP
Allows you to set the video recording mode (SP
or LP) depending on your preference.
*SP indicator does not appear on the screen.
SOUND MODE
[STEREO
]: Sound is output on both “L” and
“R” channels in stereo.
SOUND L : Sound from the “L” channel is
output.
SOUND R : Sound from the “R” channel is
output.
NARRATION
[OFF]: Original sound is output on both “L” and
“R” channels in stereo.
ON: Dubbed sound is output on both “L” and “R”
channels in stereo. ( pg. 46)
MIX: Original and dubbed sounds are combined
and output in stereo on both “L” and “R”
channels.
S/AV INPUT
[OFF]: Disables audio/video signal input from
the S/AV connector. ( pg. 43)
ON: Enables audio/video signal input from the S/
AV connector. ( pg. 43)
BRIGHT
pg. 18, “Brightness Adjustment Of The
Display”
DATE/TIME
[OFF]: The DATE/TIME does not appear.
ON: The DATE/TIME is always displayed.
ON SCREEN
OFF / [LCD] / LCD/TV
When set to “OFF”, the camcorder’s display
disappears.
TIME CODE
[OFF] / ON
pg. 22, “Time Code”
TV
16:9
To enable your tv to display images in 16:9 wide
mode, set the tv screen size correctly.
[4:3TV]: For TV with an aspect ratio of 4:3.
16:9TV: For TV with an aspect ratio of 16:9.
MasterPage: Start_Right
GR-D650AG_EN.book Page 37 Friday, April 7, 2006 7:00 PM
FEATURES FOR RECORDING
LED Light
EN
37
Wide Mode
This camcorder allows you to choose the type of
image output format for video recording.
1 Press LIGHT repeatedly to
change the setting.
LED Light
OFF: Turns off the light.
ON: The light is on always. (
appears.)
AUTO: The light turns on automatically when
dark. (
appears.)
2 Press the Recording Start/Stop Button to
start video recording or SNAPSHOT to shoot a
still image.
NOTES:
● Be careful not to point the LED Light directly to eyes.
● If the light does not reach the subject when the
LED Light setting is “ON”, the Night-Scope
function will be activated, and makes it possible to
shoot the subject brighter.
● There is a difference in the brightness of the
images shot between the center area which is
illuminated by the LED Light and the surrounding
areas (which will be darker).
● Since subjects are shot at a reduced shutter
speed when the LED Light setting is “ON”, they
will appear slightly blurred.
1 Set the Power Switch to “REC”.
2 Press 16:9 button repeatedly to choose your
selection.
4:3
16 : 9
[4:3]: Records with no change in the screen
ratio. For playback on a TV with a normal screen
ratio. When using this mode on a TV with a
normal screen ratio, refer to your TV’s instruction
manual.
16:9: For playback on TVs with an aspect ratio of
16:9. Naturally expands the image to fit the
screen without distortion. The “16:9” indicator
appears. When using this mode, refer to your
wide-screen TV’s instruction manual. During
playback/recording on 4:3 TVs/LCD monitor/
viewfinder, select “4:3TV” in “16:9” ( pg. 34,
36) to prevent vertical elongated image.
NOTES:
Live Slow
● Available only when the VIDEO/MEMORY Switch
is set to “VIDEO”.
This feature is useful for recording or playing
back precious or hard-to-see moments at a slow
speed. Sound is recorded and played back in
real time.
1 Set the VIDEO/MEMORY Switch to “VIDEO”.
2 Set the recording mode to “M”. ( pg. 16)
3 Select “ ” and set “SNAP/SLOW” to
“SLOW”. ( pg. 32, 34) The Live Slow indicator
“ ” appears.
4 Press SNAPSHOT (SLOW) during recording
or playback.
● The moving pictures are divided into four
frames. They are recorded or played back for
1.5 seconds, and then normal recording or
playback resumes.
● This feature is effective when the recording
mode selection is set to both “ ” or “ ”.
A M
NOTE:
Available only when the VIDEO/MEMORY Switch is
set to “VIDEO”.
● Still images are recorded at 4:3 mode. They
cannnot be recorded at 16:9 mode.
ADVANCED FEATURES
LED Light can be used to
brighten the subject in the dark
place during video recording or
D.S.C. shooting.
MasterPage: Left
GR-D650AG_EN.book Page 38 Friday, April 7, 2006 7:00 PM
38 EN
FEATURES FOR RECORDING
Motor Drive Mode
Night-Scope
Makes dark subjects or areas even brighter than
they would be under good natural lighting.
Although the recorded image is not grainy, it may
look as if it is strobing due to the slow shutter
speed.
1 Set the Power Switch to “REC”.
2 Set the recording mode to “M”. ( pg. 16)
3 Press NIGHT so that the Night-Scope
indicator “
” appears.
● The shutter speed is automatically adjusted to
provide up to 30 times sensitivity.
” while the shutter speed
is being automatically adjusted.
● “ ” appears beside “
To deactivate Night-Scope
Press NIGHT again so that the Night-Scope
indicator disappears.
NOTES:
● During Night-Scope, “GAIN UP” or “DIS” in
SETTING Menu ( pg. 33, 34) cannot be
activated.
● Night-Scope cannot be activated simultaneously
with “SNOW” or “SPORTS” of “PROGRAM AE”, or
all modes of “SHUTTER”. ( pg. 42).
● During Night-Scope, it may be difficult to bring the
camcorder into focus. To prevent this, use of a
tripod is recommended.
Snapshot (Record Still Image On
Tape)
This feature lets you record still images that look
like photographs onto a tape.
1 Set the VIDEO/MEMORY Switch to “VIDEO”.
2 Set the Power Switch to “REC”.
3 Set the recording mode to “M”. ( pg. 16)
4 Select “ ” and set “SNAP/SLOW” to
“SNAP”. ( pg. 32, 34)
5 Press SNAPSHOT.
● There is the sound effect of a shutter closing.
● The “PHOTO” indication appears and a still image
will be recorded for approx. 5 seconds, then the
camcorder re-enters the Record-Standby mode.
● You can perform Snapshot also during recording.
A still image will be recorded for approx.
5 seconds, then the normal recording resumes.
● Snapshot is effective when the recording mode
selection is set to both “ ” or “ ”.
● Snapshot mode cannot be used when the 16:9
Wide mode (16:9 indicator) is selected.
A M
Keeping SNAPSHOT pressed in step 5 provides
an effect similar to serial photography. (Interval
between still images: approx. 1 second)
● The Motor Drive mode is disabled when “REC
SELECT” is set to “
/
”. ( pg. 35)
Manual Focus
The camcorder’s Full Range AF system offers
continuous shooting ability from close-up (as
close as approx. 5 cm to the subject) to infinity.
However, correct focus may not be obtained
depending on the shooting condition. In this
case, use the manual focus mode.
1 Set the Power Switch
to “REC”.
2 Set the recording mode
to “ ”. ( pg. 16)
M
3 Press FOCUS. The
manual focus indicator
appears.
4 Press 1 or 2 to focus
Manual focus
indicator
on a subject.
● When the focus level cannot be adjusted any
further or closer, “
” or “
” will blink.
5 Press SET. Focus adjustment is complete.
To reset to Auto Focus
Press FOCUS twice.
Manual focus is recommended in situations
listed below.
● When two subjects overlap in the same scene.
● When illumination is low.*
● When the subject has no contrast (difference in
brightness and darkness), such as a flat, onecolor wall, or a clear, blue sky.*
● When a dark object is barely visible in the LCD
monitor or the viewfinder.*
● When the scene contains minute patterns or
identical patterns that are regularly repeated.
● When the scene is affected by sunbeams or light
reflecting off the surface of a body of water.
● When shooting a scene with a high-contrast
background.
* The following low-contrast warnings appear
blinking: , , and .
MasterPage: Start_Right
GR-D650AG_EN.book Page 39 Friday, April 7, 2006 7:00 PM
FEATURES FOR RECORDING
Exposure Control
such as at the beach or when skiing.
● When the background is overly dark or the subject
is bright.
1 Set the Power Switch to “REC”.
2 Set the recording mode to “M”. ( pg. 16)
3 Set “EXPOSURE” to “MANUAL” in
FUNCTION Menu. ( pg. 32)
● The exposure control menu appears.
4 To brighten the image, press 3. To darken the
image, press 4. (maximum ±6)
● +3 exposure has the same effect as the backlight
compensation. ( pg. 40)
● –3 exposure has the same effect as when
“PROGRAM AE” is set to “SPOTLIGHT”.
( pg. 42)
VIDEO
MEMORY
±0
±1
±2
±3
±4
±5
±6
±0EV
±0.3EV
±0.7EV
±1.0EV
±1.3EV
±1.7EV
±2.0EV
5 Press SET or 2. Exposure adjustment is
complete.
To return to automatic exposure control
Select “AUTO” in step 3.
NOTES:
● You cannot use the manual exposure control at
the same time when “PROGRAM AE” is set to
“SPOTLIGHT” or “SNOW” ( pg. 42), or with the
backlight compensation.
● If the adjustment does not cause any visible
change in brightness, set “GAIN UP” to “AUTO”.
( pg. 32, 34)
Like the pupil of the human eye, the iris
contracts in well-lit environments to keep too
much light from entering, and dilates in dim
environments to allow in more light.
Use this function in the following situations:
● When shooting a moving subject.
● When the distance to the subject changes (so its
size in the LCD monitor or the viewfinder
changes), such as when the subject is backing
away.
● When shooting on a reflective natural background
such as at the beach or when skiing.
● When shooting objects under a spotlight.
● When zooming.
1 Set the Power Switch to “REC”.
2 Set the recording mode to “M”. ( pg. 16)
3 Set “EXPOSURE” to “MANUAL” in
FUNCTION Menu. ( pg. 32)
● The exposure control menu appears.
4 Adjust zoom so that the subject fills the LCD
monitor or the viewfinder, then press and hold
SET or 2 for over 2 seconds. The exposure
control indicator and the “ ” indication appears.
5 Press SET or 2. The iris is locked.
6 Press MENU. The Menu Screen closes. The
“
” indication appears.
To return to automatic iris control
Select “AUTO” in step 3.
● The exposure control indicator and “ ”
disappear.
To lock the exposure control and the iris
After step 3, adjust the exposure by pressing 3
or 4. Then lock the iris in steps 4 – 6. For
automatic locking, select “AUTO” in step 3. The
exposure control and the iris become automatic.
ADVANCED FEATURES
background is too bright.
● When shooting on a reflective natural background
Exposure Level
39
Iris Lock
Manual exposure control is recommended in the
following situations:
● When shooting using reverse lighting or when the
Operation Mode
EN
MasterPage: Left
GR-D650AG_EN.book Page 40 Friday, April 7, 2006 7:00 PM
40 EN
FEATURES FOR RECORDING
NOTES:
Backlight Compensation
● You cannot use the Spot Exposure Control at the
Backlight compensation brightens the subject
quickly.
With simple operation, backlight compensation
feature brightens the dark subject portion by
increasing the exposure.
1 Set the Power Switch to “REC”.
2 Press BACKLIGHT so that the Backlight
Compensation indicator “
” appears.
To cancel Backlight Compensation
Press BACKLIGHT twice so that the “
indicator disappears.
”
NOTE:
Using Backlight Compensation may cause the light
around the subject to become too bright and the
subject to become white.
Spot Exposure Control
Selection of a spot metering area enables more
precise exposure compensation. You can select
one of the three metering areas on the LCD
monitor/viewfinder.
1 Set the Power Switch to “REC”.
2 Set the recording mode to “M”. ( pg. 16)
3 Press BACKLIGHT twice so that the Spot
Exposure Control indicator “ ” appears.
● A spot metering area frame appears at the
centre of the LCD monitor/viewfinder.
4 Press 1 or 2 to select the desired spot
metering area frame.
5 Press SET.
● Spot Exposure Control is engaged.
● Exposure is adjusted to make the brightness of
the selected area most appropriate.
To lock the iris
After step 4, press and hold SET over 2
seconds. The “ ” indication appears and the iris
is locked.
To cancel Spot Exposure Control
Press BACKLIGHT once so that the “ ”
indicator disappears.
same time with following functions.
• “16:9” in “WIDE MODE” ( pg. 37)
• “STROBE” in EFFECT ( pg. 42)
• Digital Zoom ( pg. 21)
● Depending on the shooting location and condition,
optimum result may not be attained.
White Balance Adjustment
The white balance refers to the correctness of
colour reproduction under various lighting. If the
white balance is correct, all other colours will be
accurately reproduced.
The white balance is usually adjusted
automatically. However, more advanced
camcorder operators control this function
manually to achieve a more professional colour/
tint reproduction.
To change the setting
Set “W. BALANCE” to the desired mode.
( pg. 32)
● The selected mode indicator except “AUTO”
appears.
[AUTO]: White balance is adjusted
automatically.
MWB: Adjust the white balance manually
when shooting under various types of lighting.
( “Manual White Balance Adjustment”, pg. 41)
FINE: Outdoors on a sunny day.
CLOUD: Outdoors on a cloudy day.
[ ] = Factory-preset
To return to automatic white balance
Set “W. BALANCE” to “AUTO”. ( pg. 32)
MasterPage: Start_Right
GR-D650AG_EN.book Page 41 Friday, April 7, 2006 7:00 PM
FEATURES FOR RECORDING
Manual White Balance Adjustment
1 Set the Power Switch
to “REC”.
Wipe Or Fader Effects
These effects let you make pro-style scene
transitions. Use them to spice up the transition
from one scene to the next.
Wipe or Fader works when video recording is
started or stopped.
White paper
2 Set the recording mode to “M”. ( pg. 16)
3 Hold a sheet of plain white paper in front of
the subject. Adjust zoom or position yourself so
that the white paper fills the screen.
4 Select FUNCTION Menu. ( pg. 33)
5 Select “MWB” in “ W. BALANCE” menu
( pg. 33), then press and hold SET or 2 until
begins blinking.
● When the setting is completed,
stops blinking.
6 Press SET or 2 to engage the setting.
7 Press MENU. The Menu Screen closes and
the Manual White Balance indicator
displayed.
41
is
NOTES:
● In step 3, it may be difficult to focus on the white
paper. In such a case, adjust focus manually.
( pg. 38)
● A subject can be shot under various types of
lighting conditions indoors (natural, fluorescent,
candlelight, etc.). Because the colour temperature
is different depending on the light source, the
subject tint will differ depending on the white
balance settings. Use this function for a more
natural result.
● Once you adjust white balance manually, the
setting is retained even if the power is turned off or
the battery removed.
1 Set the VIDEO/MEMORY Switch to “VIDEO”.
2 Set the Power Switch to “REC”.
3 Set the recording mode to “M”. ( pg. 16)
4 Set “WIPE/FADER” in FUNCTION Menu.
( pg. 33)
● The WIPE/FADER menu disappears and the
effect is reserved.
● The selected effect indicator appears.
5 Press the Recording Start/Stop Button to
activate the Fade-in/out or Wipe-in/out.
To deactivate the selected effect
Select “OFF” in step 4. The effect indicator
disappears.
NOTE:
You can extend the length of a Wipe or Fader by
pressing and holding the Recording Start/Stop
Button.
WIPE/FADER
OFF: Disables the function. (Factory-preset)
WHITE
BLACK
: Fade in or out with a white screen.
: Fade in or out with a black screen.
SLIDE
: Wipe in from right to left, or wipe out
from left to right.
SCROLL
: The scene wipes in from the
bottom to the top of a black screen, or wipes out
from top to bottom, leaving a black screen.
ADVANCED FEATURES
Adjust the white balance
manually when shooting
under various types of
lighting.
EN
MasterPage: Left
GR-D650AG_EN.book Page 42 Friday, April 7, 2006 7:00 PM
42 EN
FEATURES FOR RECORDING
Program AE, Effects And Shutter
Effects
1 Set the Power Switch to “REC”.
2 Set the recording mode to “M”. ( pg. 16)
3 Set “EFFECT”, “PROGRAM AE” or
“SHUTTER” in FUNCTION Menu. ( pg. 33)
● The EFFECT, PROGRAM AE or SHUTTER menu
disappears and the selected effect is activated.
● The selected effect indicator appears.
To deactivate the selected effect
Select “OFF” in step 3. The effect indicator
disappears.
NOTES:
● Program AE, Effects and Shutter Effects cannot
be changed during recording.
● Some modes of Program AE and Shutter Effects
cannot be used during Night-Scope.
● When a subject is too bright or reflective, a
vertical streak may appear (smear
phenomenon). Smear phenomenon tends to
occur when “SPORTS” or any mode of
“SHUTTER 1/500 – 1/4000” is selected.
EFFECT
OFF: Disables the function. (Factory-preset)
SEPIA
: Recorded scenes have a brownish
tint like old photos.
MONOTONE
: Like classic black and white
films, your footage is shot in B/W.
CLASSIC*
: Gives recorded scenes a strobe
effect.
STROBE*
: Your recording looks like a series
of consecutive snapshots.
* Not available for still image recording.
PROGRAM AE
OFF: Disables the function. (Factory-preset)
SPORTS
(Variable Shutter Speed: 1/250 – 1/4000):
This setting allows fast-moving images to be
captured one frame at a time, for vivid, stable
slow-motion playback. The faster the shutter
speed, the darker the picture becomes. Use the
shutter function under good lighting conditions.
SNOW
: Compensates for subjects that may
otherwise appear too dark when shooting in
extremely bright surroundings such as in the
snow.
SPOTLIGHT
: Compensates for subjects that
may otherwise appear too bright when shooting
under extremely strong direct lighting such as
spotlights.
TWILIGHT
: Makes evening scenes look
more natural. White Balance ( pg. 40) is
automatically set to “ ”, but can be changed to
your desired setting. When Twilight is chosen,
the camcorder automatically adjusts the focus
from approx. 10 m (32 ft) to infinity. From less
than 10 m, adjust the focus manually.
SHUTTER
OFF: Disables the function. (Factory-preset)
SHUTTER 1/50: The shutter speed is fixed
at 1/50th of a second. Black bands that usually
appear when shooting a TV screen become
narrower.
SHUTTER 1/120: The shutter speed is
fixed at 1/120th of a second. The flickering that
occurs when shooting under a fluorescent light
or mercury-vapour lamp is reduced.
SHUTTER 1/500/SHUTTER 1/4000: These
settings allow fast-moving images to be
captured one frame at a time, for vivid, stable
slow-motion playback by fixing shutter speed
variables. Use these settings when an automatic
adjustment does not work well, using SPORTS
mode. The faster the shutter speed, the darker
the picture becomes. Use the shutter function
under good lighting conditions.
MasterPage: Start_Right
GR-D650AG_EN.book Page 43 Friday, April 7, 2006 7:00 PM
EDITING
EN
43
To use this camcorder as a player
1 Following the illustrations, connect the
camcorder and the VCR’s input connectors.
2 Start playback on the camcorder. ( pg. 23)
3 At the point you want to start dubbing, start
recording on the VCR. (Refer to the VCR’s
instruction manual.)
4 To stop dubbing, stop recording on the VCR,
then stop playback on the camcorder.
Dubbing To Or From A VCR
To S connector
NOTES:
● It is recommended to use the AC Adapter as
S Cable
(optional)
Audio/Video
cable
(provided)
1
2
VCR
3
4
TV
1Yellow to VIDEO IN or OUT
2Red to AUDIO R IN* or OUT
3White to AUDIO L IN* or OUT
4To S-VIDEO IN or OUT (Connect when your
TV/VCR/VDR has S-VIDEO IN/OUT and AV
input connectors. In this case, it is not
necessary to connect the yellow video cable.)
* Not required for watching still images only.
NOTE:
The S-Video cable is optional. Be sure to use the
YTU94146A S-Video cable. Consult the JVC
Service Centre described on the sheet included in
the package for details on its availability. Make sure
to connect the end with a core filter to the camera.
The core filter reduces interference.
the power supply instead of the battery pack.
( pg. 15)
● To choose whether or not the following displays
appear on the connected TV
• Date/time
Set “DATE/TIME” to “ON” or “OFF”.
( pg. 32, 36) Or, press DISPLAY on the
remote control to turn on/off the date indication.
• Time code
Set “TIME CODE” to “OFF” or “ON”.
( pg. 32, 36)
• Indications other than date/time and time code
Set “ON SCREEN” to “OFF”, “LCD” or “LCD/
TV”. ( pg. 32, 36)
To use this camcorder as a recorder
1 Following the illustrations, connect the
camcorder and the VCR’s output connectors.
2 Set “REC MODE” to “SP” or “LP”. ( pg. 33)
3 Set the camcorder’s Power Switch to “PLAY”
4 Set “S/AV INPUT” to “ON”. ( pg. 36)
5 Press the Recording Start/Stop Button to
engage the Record-Pause mode.
● The “ A/V IN ” or “ S IN ” iindication appears on
the screen.
6 Start playback on the player.
7 At the point you want to start dubbing, press
the Recording Start/Stop Button to start
dubbing. The
indication rotates.
8 Press the Recording Start/Stop Button again
to stop dubbing. The
indication stops
rotating.
9 Press 7 to return to the normal playback
mode.
NOTES:
● After dubbing, set “S/AV INPUT” back to “OFF”.
● Analogue signals can be converted to digital
signals with this procedure.
• It is also possible to dub from another
camcorder.
ADVANCED FEATURES
To AV
connector
MasterPage: Left
GR-D650AG_EN.book Page 44 Friday, April 7, 2006 7:00 PM
44 EN
EDITING
Dubbing To Or From A Video Unit
Equipped With A DV Connector
(Digital Dubbing)
It is also possible to copy recorded scenes from
the camcorder onto another video unit equipped
with a DV connector. Since a digital signal is
sent, there is little, if any, image or sound
deterioration.
NOTES:
● It is recommended to use the AC Adapter as
the power supply instead of the battery pack.
( pg. 15)
● If a blank portion or disturbed image is played
back on the player during dubbing, the dubbing
may stop so that an unusual image is not dubbed.
● Even though the DV cable is connected correctly,
sometimes the image may not appear in step 4. If
this occurs, turn off the power and make
connections again.
● If “Playback Zoom” ( pg. 26) or “Playback
Special Effects” ( pg. 26) is attempted or
SNAPSHOT is pressed during playback, only the
original playback image recorded on the tape is
output from the DV IN/OUT connector.
● When using a DV cable, be sure to use the
optional JVC VC-VDV204U DV cable.
To use this camcorder as a recorder
1 Make sure all units are turned off.
2 Connect this camcorder to a video unit
To DV IN/OUT
equipped with a DV output connector using a DV
cable as shown in the illustration.
Core filter
DV cable (optional)
3 Set the camcorder’s Power Switch to “PLAY”.
4 Set “REC MODE” to “SP” or “LP”. ( pg. 36)
5 Start playback on the player.
6 Press the Recording Start/Stop Button to
engage the Record-Pause mode.
• The “ DV IN ” indication appears on the
screen.
To DV IN/OUT
Video unit equipped with DV connector
7 At the point you want to start dubbing, press
the Recording Start/Stop Button to start
dubbing. The
indication rotates.
8 Press the Recording Start/Stop Button again
to stop dubbing. The
indication stops
rotating.
To use this camcorder as a player
9 Press 7 to return to the normal playback
mode.
1 Make sure all units are turned off.
2 Connect this camcorder to a video unit
NOTES:
equipped with a DV input connector using a DV
cable as shown in the illustration.
3 Start playback on the camcorder. ( pg. 23)
4 At the point you want to start dubbing, start
recording on the video unit. (Refer to the video
unit’s instruction manual.)
5 To stop dubbing, stop recording on the video
unit, then stop playback on this camcorder.
● Digital Dubbing is performed in the sound mode
recorded on the original tape, regardless of the
current “SOUND MODE” setting. ( pg. 33)
● If no image is displayed on LCD monitor, set “S/
AV INPUT” to “OFF”.
MasterPage: Start_Right
GR-D650AG_EN.book Page 45 Friday, April 7, 2006 7:00 PM
EDITING
Connection To A Personal Computer
[A] Using USB cable
[B] Using DV cable
45
It is possible to transfer still images stored on a
memory card to a PC.
[B] Using DV cable
OR
To DV IN/
OUT
To USB
EN
[A] Using USB cable
It is also possible to transfer still/moving images
to a PC with a DV connector by using the
provided software, software equipped with the
PC or commercially available software.
If you are using a Windows® XP, you can use
Windows® Messenger to conduct video
conferences over the Internet, using a
camcorder. For details, refer to the help for the
Windows® Messenger.
NOTES:
Core filter
USB cable
(provided)
Core filter
DV cable
(optional)
Core filter
To USB
connector
PC
To DV
connector
PC with DV connector
When connecting the camcorder to a PC
using a DV cable, make sure to follow the
procedure below. Connecting the cable
incorrectly may cause malfunctions to the
camcorder and/or the PC.
● Connect the DV cable first to the PC, and then
to the camcorder.
● Connect the DV cable (plugs) correctly
according to the shape of the DV connector.
CONNECTION GUIDE” for the bundled software
and drivers.
● It is recommended to use the AC Adapter as
the power supply instead of the battery pack.
( pg. 15)
● Never connect the USB cable and the DV
cable simultaneously to the camcorder.
Connect only the cable you wish to use to the
camcorder.
● When using a DV cable, be sure to use the
optional JVC VC-VDV206U or VC-VDV204U DV
cable depending on the type of DV connector
(4 or 6 pins) on the PC.
● If the PC connected to the camcorder via the USB
cable is not powered, the camcorder does not
enter the USB mode.
● The date/time information cannot be captured into
the PC.
● Refer to the instruction manuals of the PC and
Software.
● The still images can also be transferred to a PC
with a DV connector-equipped capture board.
● The system may not work properly depending on
the PC or capture board you are using.
“USB” and/or “
” appears on the LCD
monitor while the PC is accessing data in the
camcorder or the camcorder is transferring a
file to the PC.
NEVER disconnect the USB cable while
“
” is displayed on the LCD
monitor since this can result in product
damage.
ADVANCED FEATURES
● Refer to “SOFTWARE INSTALLATION AND USB
MasterPage: Left
GR-D650AG_EN.book Page 46 Friday, April 7, 2006 7:00 PM
46 EN
EDITING
Audio Dubbing
Insert Editing
The audio track can be customised only when
recorded in the 12-BIT and SP modes.
( pg. 33)
● Use the provided remote control.
Speaker
You can record a new scene into a previously
recorded tape, replacing a section of the original
recording with minimal picture distortion at the in
and out points. The original audio remains
unchanged.
● Use the provided remote control.
NOTES:
● Before performing the following steps, make sure
that “TIME CODE” in both Recording and
Playback Menus is set to “ON”. ( pg. 32, 35, 36)
● Insert Editing is not possible on a tape recorded in
the LP mode or on a blank portion of a tape.
START/
STOP
REW
INSERT
PAUSE
PLAY
STOP
A.DUB
Stereo Microphone
1 Play back the tape to locate the point where
editing will start, then press PAUSE (8).
2 While holding A. DUB (
) on the remote
control, press PAUSE (8). The “8 ” indicator
appears.
3 Press PLAY (3), then begin “narrating”.
1 Play back the tape, locate the Edit-Out point
and press PAUSE (8). Confirm the time code at
this point. ( pg. 22)
2 Press REW (1) until the Edit-In point is
located, then press PAUSE (8).
3 Press and hold INSERT (
) on the remote
control, then press PAUSE (8). The “8 ”
indicator and the Time Code (min.:sec.) appear
and the camcorder enters Insert-Pause mode.
Speak into the microphone.
● To pause dubbing, press PAUSE (8).
4 Press START/STOP to begin editing.
● Confirm the insert at the time code you checked in
then STOP (7).
● To pause editing, press START/STOP. Press it
4 To end Audio Dubbing, press PAUSE (8),
To hear the dubbed sound during playback
Set “NARRATION” to “ON” or “MIX”.
( pg. 32, 36)
NOTES:
● Sound is not heard from the speaker during Audio
Dubbing.
● When editing onto a tape that was recorded at
12-BIT, the old and new soundtracks are recorded
separately.
● If you dub onto a blank space on the tape, the
sound may be disrupted. Make sure you only edit
recorded areas.
● If feedback or howling occurs during TV playback,
move the camcorder’s microphone away from the
TV, or turn down the TV’s volume.
● If you change from 12-BIT to 16-BIT in midrecording and then use the tape for Audio
Dubbing, it is not effective from the point where
16-BIT recording began.
● During Audio Dubbing, when the tape moves to
scenes recorded in the LP mode, scenes
recorded in 16-BIT audio or a blank portion, Audio
Dubbing stops.
step 1.
again to resume editing.
5 To end Insert Editing, press START/STOP,
then STOP (7) on the remote control.
NOTES:
● Program AE, Effects and Shutter Effects
( pg. 42) can be used to spice up the scenes
being edited during Insert Editing.
● During Insert Editing, the date and time
information changes.
● If you perform Insert Editing onto a blank space
on the tape, the audio and video may be
disrupted. Make sure you only edit recorded
areas.
● During Insert Editing, when the tape moves to
scenes recorded in the LP mode or a blank
portion, Insert Editing stops. ( pg. 50)
REFERENCES
MasterPage: Start_Right
GR-D650AG_EN.book Page 47 Friday, April 7, 2006 7:00 PM
TROUBLESHOOTING
The camcorder is a microcomputer-controlled
device. External noise and interference (from a
TV, a radio, etc.) might prevent it from
functioning properly. In such cases, first
disconnect its power supply unit (battery pack,
AC Adapter, etc.) and wait a few minutes; and
then re-connect it and proceed as usual from
the beginning.
Power
No power is supplied.
● The power is not connected properly.
➜Connect the AC Adapter securely. ( pg. 15)
● The battery pack is not attached firmly.
➜Detach the battery pack once again and re-attach
it firmly. ( pg. 15)
● The battery is dead.
➜Replace the dead battery with a fully charged
one. ( pg. 15)
Video and D.S.C. Recording
Recording cannot be performed.
● The tape’s erase protection tab is set to “SAVE”.
➜Set the tape’s erase protection tab to “REC”.
( pg. 19)
● “TAPE END” appears.
➜Replace with new cassette. ( pg. 19)
● The cassette holder cover is open.
➜Close the cassette holder cover.
When shooting a subject illuminated by
bright light, vertical lines appear.
● This is not a malfunction.
When the screen is under direct sunlight
during shooting, the screen becomes red or
black for an instant.
● This is not a malfunction.
During recording, the date/ time does not
appear.
● “DATE/TIME” is set to “OFF”.
➜Set “DATE/TIME” to “ON”. ( pg. 35, 36)
EN
47
The LCD monitor or viewfinder indications
blink.
● Effects and “DIS” functions that cannot be used
together are selected at the same time.
➜Re-read the sections covering Effects and “DIS”.
( pg. 32, 33, 42)
Digital Zoom does not work.
● 15X optical zoom is selected.
➜Set “ZOOM” to “60X” or “700X”. ( pg. 34)
● The VIDEO/MEMORY Switch is set to
“MEMORY”.
➜Set the VIDEO/MEMORY Switch to “VIDEO”.
Video and D.S.C. Playback
The tape is moving, but there is no picture.
● Your TV has AV input terminals, but is not set to
its VIDEO mode.
➜Set the TV to the mode or channel appropriate for
video playback. ( pg. 24)
● The cassette holder cover is open.
➜Close the cassette holder cover. ( pg. 19)
Blocks of noise appear during playback, or
there is no playback picture and the screen
becomes blue.
➜Clean the video heads with an optional cleaning
cassette. ( pg. 53)
Advanced features
The focus does not adjust automatically.
● Focus is set to the Manual mode.
➜Set Focus to the Auto mode. ( pg. 38)
● The lens is dirty or covered with condensation.
➜Clean the lens and check the focus again.
( pg. 51)
Snapshot mode cannot be used.
● The Wide (16:9) mode (16:9 indicator) is
selected.
➜Disengage the 16:9 (16:9 indicator) Wide mode.
( pg. 37)
The colour of Snapshot looks strange.
● The light source or the subject does not include
white. Or there are various different light sources
behind the subject.
➜Find a white subject and compose your shot so
that it also appears in the frame. ( pg. 38, 41)
REFERENCES
If, after following the steps in the chart below, the
problem still exists, please consult your nearest
JVC dealer.
MasterPage: Left
GR-D650AG_EN.book Page 48 Friday, April 7, 2006 7:00 PM
48 EN
TROUBLESHOOTING
The image taken using Snapshot is too
dark.
● Shooting was performed under backlit conditions.
➜Press BACKLIGHT. ( pg. 40)
The image taken using Snapshot is too
bright.
When the image is printed from the printer,
a black bar appears at the bottom of the
screen.
● This is not a malfunction.
➜By recording with “DIS” de-activated ( pg. 32, 33)
this can be avoided.
● The subject is too bright.
➜Set “ ” to “SPOTLIGHT”. ( pg. 42)
When the camcorder is connected via the
DV connector, the camcorder does not
operate.
White Balance cannot be activated.
● The DV cable was plugged/unplugged with power
turned on.
➜Turn the camcorder’s power off and on again,
then operate it.
● The Sepia (SEPIA) or Monotone (MONOTONE)
mode is activated.
➜Disengage the Sepia (SEPIA) or Monotone
(MONOTONE) mode before setting White
Balance. ( pg. 42)
The image looks like the shutter speed is
too slow.
● When shooting in the dark, the unit becomes
highly sensitive to light when “GAIN UP” is set to
“AUTO”.
➜If you want the lighting to look more natural, set
“GAIN UP” to “AGC” or “OFF”. ( pg. 32, 34)
Other problems
The POWER/CHARGE lamp on the
camcorder does not light during charging.
● Charging is difficult in places subject to extremely
high/low temperatures.
➜To protect the battery, it is recommended to
charge it in places with a temperature of 10°C to
35°C. ( pg. 52)
● The battery pack is not attached firmly.
➜Detach the battery pack once again and re-attach
it firmly. ( pg. 14, 15)
“SET DATE/TIME!” appears.
● The date/time is not set.
➜Set the date/time. ( pg. 17)
● The built-in clock battery has run out and the
previously set date/time has been erased.
➜Consult your nearest JVC dealer for replacement.
Files stored in the memory card cannot be
deleted.
● Files stored in the memory card are protected.
➜Remove protection from the files stored in the
memory card and delete them. ( pg. 29)
Images on the LCD monitor appear dark or
whitish.
● In places subject to low temperature, images
become dark due to the characteristics of the
LCD monitor. This is not a malfunction.
➜Adjust the brightness and angle of the LCD
monitor. ( pg. 18, 20)
● When the LCD monitor’s fluorescent light reaches
the end of its service life, images on the LCD
monitor become dark.
➜Consult your nearest JVC dealer.
Coloured bright spots appear all over the
LCD monitor or the viewfinder.
● The LCD monitor and the viewfinder are made
with high-precision technology. However, black
spots or bright spots of light (red, green or blue)
may appear constantly on the LCD monitor or the
viewfinder. These spots are not recorded on the
tape. This is not due to any defect of the unit.
(Effective dots: more than 99.99%)
The cassette will not load properly.
● The battery’s charge is low.
➜Install a fully charged battery. ( pg. 14)
The memory card cannot be removed from
the camcorder.
➜Push in the memory card a few more times.
( pg. 19)
MasterPage: Start_Right
GR-D650AG_EN.book Page 49 Friday, April 7, 2006 7:00 PM
TROUBLESHOOTING
Picture does not appear on the LCD monitor.
● The viewfinder is pulled out and “PRIORITY” is
set to “FINDER”.
➜Push the viewfinder back in or set “PRIORITY” to
“LCD”. ( pg. 20, 32, 34)
● The LCD monitor’s brightness setting is too dark.
➜Adjust the brightness of the LCD monitor.
( pg. 18)
➜If the monitor is tilted upward 180 degrees, open
the monitor fully. ( pg. 20)
An error indication (01 – 04 or 06) appears.
● A malfunction of some kind has occured. In this
case the camcorder’s functions become
unusable.
➜ pg. 50.
The remote control does not work.
● “REMOTE” is set to “OFF”.
➜Set “REMOTE” to “ON”. ( pg. 32, 34)
● The remote control does not point at the remote
sensor.
➜Point at the remote sensor. ( pg. 25)
● The remote control batteries are exhausted.
➜Replace the batteries with fresh ones. ( pg. 25)
Warning Indications
EN
49
CONDENSATION, OPERATION
PAUSED PLEASE WAIT
Appears if condensation occurs. When this
indication is displayed, wait more than 1 hour
until condensation disappears.
TAPE!
Appears if a tape is not loaded when the
Recording Start/Stop Button or SNAPSHOT
Button is pressed while the Power Switch is set
to “REC” and the VIDEO/MEMORY Switch is set
to “VIDEO”.
TAPE END
Appears when the tape ends during recording or
playback.
SET DATE/TIME!
● Appears when the date/time is not set.
( pg. 17)
● The built-in clock battery has run out and the
previously set date/time has been erased.
Consult your nearest JVC dealer for
replacement.
LENS CAP
Displays the battery remaining power.
Remaining power level
A. DUB ERROR!
High
Appears if Audio Dubbing is attempted on a
blank portion of a tape. ( pg. 46)
Exhausted
As the battery power comes close to nil, the
battery remaining power indicator blinks.
When the battery power is exhausted, power
turns off automatically.
● Appears if a tape is loaded.
● Blinks when no tape is loaded.
CHECK TAPE’S ERASE PROTECTION TAB
Appears when the erase protection tab is set to
“SAVE” while the Power Switch is set to “REC”
and the VIDEO/MEMORY Switch is set to
“VIDEO”. ( pg. 16)
USE CLEANING CASSETTE
Appears if dirt is detected on the heads during
recording. Use an optional cleaning cassette.
( pg. 52)
A. DUB ERROR!
● Appears if Audio Dubbing is attempted on a
tape recorded in the LP mode. ( pg. 46)
● Appears if Audio Dubbing is attempted on a
tape recorded in 16-BIT audio. ( pg. 46)
● Appears if A. DUB ( ) on the remote control
is pressed when the erase protection tab is set
to “SAVE”. ( pg. 46)
REFERENCES
Appears for 5 seconds after power is turned on if
the lens cap is attached or when it is dark.
MasterPage: Left
GR-D650AG_EN.book Page 50 Friday, April 7, 2006 7:00 PM
50 EN
TROUBLESHOOTING
INSERT ERROR!
● Appears if Insert Editing is attempted on a
tape recorded in the LP mode. ( pg. 46)
● Appears if INSERT ( ) on the remote control
is pressed when the erase protection tab is set
to “SAVE”. ( pg. 46)
● Appears if Insert Editing is attempted on a
blank portion of a tape. ( pg. 46)
CARD ERROR!
Appears when the camcorder does not
recognise the loaded memory card. Remove the
memory card once and insert it again. Repeat
these procedures until no indication appears. If
the indication still appears, the memory card is
corrupted.
MEMORY IS FULL
UNIT IN SAFEGUARD MODE
REMOVE AND REATTACH BATTERY OR DC
PLUG
Appears when the memory card’s memory is full
and shooting is not possible.
CHECK CARD’S WRITE PROTECTION
SWITCH
Appears when you attempt to shoot digital still
images when the write protection tab on the SD
Memory Card is set to the “LOCK” position.
?
The error indications (01, 02 or 06) show what
type of malfunction has occured. When an error
indication appears, the camcorder turns off
automatically. Remove the power supply
(battery, etc.) and wait a few minutes for the
indication to clear. When it does, you can
resume using the camcorder. If the indication
remains, consult your nearest JVC dealer.
Appears when playing back a file that is not
compatible with DCF or a file with a size that is
not compatible with this camcorder.
UNIT IN SAFEGUARD MODE
EJECT AND REINSERT TAPE
HDV
Appears when pictures recorded in the HDV
format are detected. The pictures in the HDV
format cannot be played back with this
camcorder.
COPY PROTECTED
Appears if dubbing of copyguarded signals is
attempted while this camcorder is being used as
a recorder.
MEMORY CARD!
Appears if there is no memory card loaded when
the SNAPSHOT Button is pressed while the
Power Switch is set to “REC” and the VIDEO/
MEMORY Switch is set to “MEMORY”.
PLEASE FORMAT
Appears when there is a problem with a memory
card and its memory is corrupt, or it has not
been initialised. Initialise the memory card.
( pg. 31)
NO IMAGES STORED
Appears if there are no image files stored in the
memory card when you attempt memory card
playback.
The error indications (03 or 04) show what type
of malfunction has occured. When an error
indication appears, the camcorder turns off
automatically. Eject the cassette once and reinsert it, then check if the indication clears.
When it does, you can resume using the
camcorder. If the indication remains, consult
your nearest JVC dealer.
MasterPage: Start_Right
GR-D650AG_EN.book Page 51 Friday, April 7, 2006 7:00 PM
USER MAINTENANCE
EN
51
Cleaning The Camcorder
Before cleaning, turn off the camcorder and
remove the battery pack and AC Adapter.
To clean the exterior
Wipe gently with a soft cloth. Put the cloth in
diluted mild soap and wring it well to wipe off
heavy dirt. Then wipe again with a dry cloth.
To clean the LCD monitor
Wipe gently with a soft cloth. Be careful not to
damage the monitor. Close the LCD monitor.
To clean the lens
Blow it with a blower brush, then wipe gently
with lens cleaning paper.
To clean the viewfinder lens
Remove dust from the viewfinder using a blower
brush.
NOTES:
REFERENCES
● Avoid using strong cleaning agents such as
benzine or alcohol.
● Cleaning should be done only after the battery
pack has been removed or other power units have
been disconnected.
● Mold may form if the lens is left dirty.
● When using a cleaner or chemically treated cloth
refer to the cautions of each product.
● To clean the viewfinder, please consult your
nearest JVC dealer.
MasterPage: Heading0_Left
GR-D650AG_EN.book Page 52 Friday, April 7, 2006 7:00 PM
52 EN
CAUTIONS
Battery Packs
The supplied battery
pack is a lithium-ion
battery. Before using the
supplied battery pack or
an optional battery pack,
be sure to read the
following cautions:
● To avoid hazards
Cassettes
Terminals
... do not burn.
... do not short-circuit the terminals. When
transporting, make sure the provided battery cap
is attached to the battery. If the battery cap is
misplaced, carry the battery in a plastic bag.
... do not modify or disassemble.
... do not expose the battery to temperatures
exceeding 60°C, as this may cause the battery to
overheat, explode or catch fire.
... use only specified chargers.
● To prevent damage and prolong service
life
... do not subject to unnecessary shock.
... charge in an environment where temperatures
are within the tolerances shown in the chart
below. This is a chemical reaction type battery —
cooler temperatures impede chemical reaction,
while warmer temperatures can prevent
complete charging.
... store in a cool, dry place. Extended exposure to
high temperatures will increase natural discharge
and shorten service life.
... fully charge and then fully discharge the battery
every 6 months when storing the battery pack
over a long period time.
... remove from charger or powered unit when not in
use, as some machines use current even when
switched off.
The Benefits Of Lithium-Ion Batteries
Lithium-ion battery packs are small but have a
large power capacity. However, when one is
exposed to cold temperatures (below 10°C),
its usage time becomes shorter and it may
cease to function. If this happens, place the
battery pack in your pocket or other warm,
protected place for a short time, then re-attach
it to the camcorder.
NOTES:
● It is normal for the battery pack to be warm after
charging, or after use.
Temperature Range Specifications
Charging: 10°C to 35°C
Operation: 0°C to 40°C
Storage: –20°C to 50°C
● The lower the temperature, the longer recharging
takes.
● Charging times are for a fully discharged battery
pack.
To properly use and store your cassettes, be
sure to read the following cautions:
● During use
... make sure the cassette bears the Mini DV mark.
... be aware that recording onto prerecorded tapes
automatically erases the previously recorded
video and audio signals.
... make sure the cassette is positioned properly
when inserting.
... do not load and unload the cassette repeatedly
without allowing the tape to run at all. This
slackens the tape and can result in damage.
... do not open the front tape cover. This exposes
the tape to fingerprints and dust.
● Store cassettes
... away from heaters or other heat sources.
... out of direct sunlight.
... where they won’t be subject to unnecessary
shock or vibration.
... where they won’t be exposed to strong magnetic
fields (such as those generated by motors,
transformers or magnets).
... vertically, in their original cases.
Memory Cards
To properly use and store your memory cards,
be sure to read the following cautions:
● During use
... make sure the memory card bears the SD or
MultiMediaCard mark.
... make sure the memory card is positioned
properly when inserting.
● While the memory card is being accessed
(during recording, playback, deletion,
initialization, etc.)
... never unload the memory card and never turn off
the camcorder.
● Store memory cards
... away from heaters or other heat sources.
... out of direct sunlight.
... where they won’t be subject to unnecessary
shock or vibration.
... where they won’t be exposed to strong magnetic
fields (such as those generated by motors,
transformers or magnets).
MasterPage: Start_Right
GR-D650AG_EN.book Page 53 Friday, April 7, 2006 7:00 PM
CAUTIONS
LCD Monitor
● To prevent damage to the LCD monitor, DO
NOT
... push it strongly or apply any shocks.
... place the camcorder with the LCD monitor on the
bottom.
● To prolong service life
... avoid rubbing it with coarse cloth.
● Be aware of the following phenomena for
LCD monitor use. These are not
malfunctions
... While using the camcorder, the surface around
the LCD monitor and/or the back of the LCD
monitor may heat up.
... If you leave power on for a long time, the surface
around the LCD monitor becomes hot.
EN
53
● To protect the unit, DO NOT
... allow it to become wet.
... drop the unit or strike it against hard objects.
... subject it to shock or excessive vibration during
transportation.
... keep the lens directed at extremely bright objects
for long periods.
... expose the lens and viewfinder’s lens to direct
sunlight.
... carry it by holding the LCD monitor or the
viewfinder.
... swing it excessively when using the hand strap or
the grip.
... swing the soft camera case excessively when the
camcorder is inside it.
● Dirty heads can cause the following
problems:
Main Unit
... No picture during playback.
... Blocks of noise appear during playback.
... During recording or playback, the Head Clog
Warning indicator “ ” appears.
... Recording cannot be performed properly.
In such cases, use an optional cleaning
cassette. Insert it and play back. If the cassette
is used more than once consecutively, damage
to the video heads may result. After the
camcorder plays back for about 20 seconds, it
stops automatically. Also refer to the cleaning
cassette’s instructions.
If, after using the cleaning cassette, the
problems still exist, consult your nearest JVC
dealer.
Mechanical moving parts used to move the
video heads and video tape tend to become
dirty and worn out over time. In order to maintain
a clear picture at all times, periodic check-ups
are recommended after using the unit for about
1,000 hours. For periodic check-ups please
consult your nearest JVC dealer.
REFERENCES
● For safety, DO NOT
... open the camcorder’s chassis.
... disassemble or modify the unit.
... short-circuit the terminals of the battery pack.
Keep it away from metallic objects when not in
use.
... allow inflammables, water or metallic objects to
enter the unit.
... remove the battery pack or disconnect the power
supply while the power is on.
... leave the battery pack attached when the
camcorder is not in use.
● Avoid using the unit
... in places subject to excessive humidity or dust.
... in places subject to soot or steam such as near a
cooking stove.
... in places subject to excessive shock or vibration.
... near a television set.
... near appliances generating strong magnetic or
electric fields (speakers, broadcasting antennas,
etc.).
... in places subject to extremely high (over 40°C) or
extremely low (under 0°C) temperatures.
● DO NOT leave the unit
... in places of over 50°C.
... in places where humidity is extremely low (below
35%) or extremely high (above 80%).
... in direct sunlight.
... in a closed car in summer.
... near a heater.
MasterPage: Left
GR-D650AG_EN.book Page 54 Friday, April 7, 2006 7:00 PM
54 EN
CAUTIONS
How To Handle A CD-ROM
● Take care not to soil or scratch the mirror surface
(opposite to the printed surface). Do not write
anything or put a sticker on either the front or back
surface. If the CD-ROM gets dirty, gently wipe it
with a soft cloth outward from the centre hole.
● Do not use conventional disc cleaners or cleaning
spray.
● Do not bend the CD-ROM or touch its mirror
surface.
● Do not store your CD-ROM in a dusty, hot or
humid environment. Keep it away from direct
sunlight.
About moisture condensation
● You have observed that pouring a cold liquid
into a glass will cause drops of water to form on
the glass’ outer surface. This same
phenomenon occurs on the head drum of a
camcorder when it is moved from a cool place
to a warm place, after heating a cold room,
under extremely humid conditions or in a place
directly subjected to the cool air from an air
conditioner.
● Moisture on the head drum can cause severe
damage to the video tape, and can lead to
internal damage to the camcorder itself.
Serious malfunctioning
If malfunctioning occurs, stop using the unit
immediately and consult your local JVC
dealer.
The camcorder is a microcomputer-controlled
device. External noise and interference (from
a TV, a radio, etc.) might prevent it from
functioning properly. In such cases, first
disconnect its power supply unit (battery pack,
AC Adapter, etc.) and wait a few minutes and
then re-connect it and proceed as usual from
the beginning.
MasterPage: Start_Right
GR-D650AG_EN.book Page 55 Friday, April 7, 2006 7:00 PM
SPECIFICATIONS
For General
Power supply
DC 11 V (Using AC Adapter)
DC 7.2 V (Using battery pack)
Power consumption
Approx. 2.8 W (3.0 W*) (LCD monitor off, viewfinder
on)
Approx. 3.1 W (3.3 W*) (LCD monitor on, viewfinder
off)
* Using LED Light
Dimensions (W x H x D)
59 mm x 97 mm x 112 mm (with the LCD monitor
closed and the viewfinder pushed back in)
Weight
Approx. 420 g (without battery, cassette and lens
cap)
Approx. 500 g (incl. battery, cassette and lens cap)
Operating temperature
0°C to 40°C
Operating humidity
35% to 80%
Storage temperature
–20°C to 50°C
Pickup
1/5" CCD
Lens
F 1.2, f = 3.0 mm to 45 mm, 15:1 power zoom lens
Filter diameter
ø30.5 mm
LCD monitor
2.5" diagonally measured, LCD panel/TFT active
matrix system
Viewfinder
Electronic viewfinder with 0.33" colour LCD
Speaker
Monaural
LED Light
Effective distance: 1.5 m
For Digital Video Camera
Format
DV format (SD mode)
Signal format
PAL standard
Recording/Playback format
Video: Digital component recording
Audio: PCM digital recording, 32 kHz 4-channel
(12-BIT), 48 kHz 2-channel (16-BIT)
Cassette
Mini DV cassette
Tape speed
SP: 18.8 mm/s, LP: 12.5 mm/s
Maximum recording time (using 80 min.
cassette)
SP: 80 min., LP: 120 min.
EN
55
For Digital Still Camera
Storage media
SD Memory Card/MultiMediaCard
Compression system
JPEG (compatible)
File size
Still image:
3 modes (1280 x 960 pixels/1024 x 768 pixels/
640 x 480 pixels)
Picture quality
2 modes (FINE/STANDARD)
Approximate number of storable images
pg. 27
For Connectors
S
S-Video input:
Y: 0.8 V to 1.2 V (p-p), 75 Ω, analogue
C: 0.2 V to 0.4 V (p-p), 75 Ω, analogue
S-Video output:
Y: 1.0 V (p-p), 75 Ω, analogue
C: 0.3 V (p-p), 75 Ω, analogue
AV
Video input: 0.8 V to 1.2 V (p-p), 75 Ω, analogue
Video output: 1.0 V (p-p), 75 Ω, analogue
Audio input: 300 mV (rms), 50 kΩ, analogue, stereo
Audio output: 300 mV (rms), 1 kΩ, analogue, stereo
AC Adapter
Power requirement
AC 110 V to 240 V~, 50 Hz/60 Hz
Output
DC 11 V
,1A
Specifications shown are for SP mode unless
otherwise indicated. E & O.E. Design and
specifications subject to change without notice.
REFERENCES
Camcorder
MasterPage: Heading0_Left
Back cover
GR-D650AG_EN.book Page 56 Friday, April 7, 2006 7:00 PM
TERMS
EN
A
N
AC Adapter ....................................................14
Audio Dubbing ...............................................46
Auto/Manual Mode .........................................16
Night-Scope ...................................................38
P
Backlight Compensation ................................40
Battery Pack .......................................14, 15, 52
Blank Search ..................................................23
Picture Quality ................................................35
Playback Sound .............................................36
Playback Special Effects ................................26
Power-Linked Operation ................................16
Program AE, Effects and Shutter Effects .......42
C
Q
Changing The Menu Settings ................32 – 36
Charging The Battery Pack ............................14
Connection To A Personal Computer ............ 45
Connections To A TV Or VCR .......................24
Quick Review .................................................22
B
D
Data Battery ...................................................15
Date/Time Settings ........................................17
Deleting Files .................................................30
Demonstration Mode ......................................35
Digital Image Stabilisation (DIS) ....................33
DPOF Setting
(Digital Print Order Format) .....................30
Dubbing ................................................... 43, 44
R
Recording Capacity
Memory Card ..........................................27
Tape ........................................................20
Recording Media Selection ............................35
Remote Control ..............................................25
Resetting The File Name ...............................29
S
Exposure Control ...........................................39
Slow-Motion Playback ....................................26
Snapshot Mode ........................................34, 38
Sound Mode .............................................33, 36
Speaker Volume ............................................23
Specifications .................................................55
Spot Exposure Control ...................................40
I
T
Initialising A Memory Card .............................31
Insert Editing ..................................................46
Interface Shooting...........................................21
Iris Lock ..........................................................39
Tape Speed (REC MODE) .......................33, 36
Tele Macro .....................................................33
Tele Mode .......................................................21
Time Code .........................................22, 35, 36
Tripod Mounting .............................................18
Troubleshooting ........................................47-50
E
L
LCD Monitor and Viewfinder ..........................20
LED Light .......................................................37
Live Slow ........................................................37
Loading A Cassette ........................................19
Loading A Memory Card ................................19
M
Manual Focus ................................................38
Melody ............................................................34
Memory Card ...........................................19, 52
Motor Drive Mode ..........................................38
© 2006 Victor Company of Japan, Limited
W
Warning Indications .................................49, 50
White Balance ................................................40
Wide Mode .....................................................37
Wipe Or Fader Effects ...................................41
Z
Zooming .............................................21, 26, 34
16:9 .................................................................34
AG
Printed in Malaysia
0406ASR-NF-VM
GR-D650AG_CS_01Cover.fm Page 1 Friday, April 7, 2006 7:34 PM
᎑๒ڟ᛫݊Ă
๐ᓂૌᓊඵЪೡᆵሆᚸᏃʙጠĄϵ
պ˞܉Ăቜ̀ኧჳقप 2 ࡲ
ַ 5 ࡲʰڟպЊϒ٧๎ձĂ̾
۳ඡЊϒպΏ୰ܢĄ
˛̜
ᆵሆᚸᏃʙጠ
GR-D650AG
ລరˎѰ
8
ගᏜᏃ̅ᆬع
20
ᆵЅᏗ࿋ັߺጠ
ĞD.S.C.ğᏃ̅ᆬع
27
͒
32
у۬ऀ
47
ᘰۣػχĈ
http://www.jvc.co.jp/english/accessory/
ჭ
ᤲЃَ๑֥॑။ΰĂࡌઠ ņ။ΰᇁ
ВŇ௩ߏסņᘰŇ) 32Ă35 ࡲ *
պჳقप
LYT1593-001A
CS
MasterPage: Left
GR-D650AG_CS.book Page 2 Friday, April 7, 2006 6:57 PM
2 ˛̜
● ϵїࡧࡌڟᏃ࿋˞܉ĂቜʙסϑїʙЩཐᏃĄ
ᆬعཐᏃڟᏃ࿋ĂվඡސҏΓሂϴᏃყʟᒐࡱַ
࿋Ą
● Ө࢈ݚᚊૌϵպ˞଼܉
ᇓᏃ࿋ႄᏞĄ
ЃَૌФʙԠФպ
ᚸ࿋ጠʟĂႄᏞ౷Ф͟
ᝐᜰĄӨ࢈ݚᚊૌסೈ
଼ળ ĞᎵᓊğ଼ᇓᏃᆇ
ႄᏞĄ
● ቜʙסϵኌϫڟᑗ˛۳Іૌ଼ڟળַᚸ࿋ጠĄ
Ѓ଼َળַᚸ࿋ጠع༊ϵФиڟϴ̟ĂᏃ࿋
ႄᏞ౷࣠ؾᝐᜰĄႄળᐖཎૃᚸ࿋ጠ˛֥͎ծІع
ϵ˅ཇĄઠᚸ࿋ጠع༊ϵʙ˃ڟ͂֏ڱؖڟ
˅ཇĄ
● ဇڟࡌࡧػගᏜᏃ֙Ăቜպ SP ĞᆿລğᇁВĄ
LP ĞढğᇁВ̾͟պૌᏃ̨֙ SP Ğᆿລğᇁ
В 50% ڟගᏜĂѮސૌϵᆬعढ֗͟ᘸ
ѭᓉѺВڟᖕዡĂ֥Ԛػႄળڟ५ַؒպᑗ
Ą
ϰЪĂဇڟࡌࡧػᏃ࿋ĂӨ࢈ݚᚊૌպ SP
) ᆿລ * ᇁВĄ
● ߏሂ۳Њϒַؒ͟ኬؒĄ
ݚᚊΏᚸ࿋ጠͫպࢨཆ JVC ྫбַۣχĄ
● Ώ୰͓ܢҤટҁӬַ֏ͺڣᘋ୰ᜌӬĂծ̸ͫ
պ JVC ᆵጃྫбĄቜպ JVC BN-VF707U
Ɲ VF714 Ɲ VF733U ྫбχĄպಽۨ JVC
ྫб͟ᖽ˱ఋ͈ྫྫĄ
● Ώᚸ࿋ጠސટߏᆵЅВᏃ࿋ળăSD Ѓ๎ַ͚ϻ౬
͚ф௩ࡎڟĄϰфͫպળФ ņ
Ňᆿ
ڟᏃ࿋ળַળФ ņ
Ňؖ
ņ
ŇᆿڟІᏽ͚Ą
● ቜ˚ࡌӟΏᚸ࿋ጠฉኌػ̘ʡպڟάڟĄ
ψѤΐ༄ኌ໋௨͟ڟ੦պ֧ސ̥ڟĄ
Ğ҉պސᚸᏃʡ٠ቬڟᆇ̰ăے။ࣤؖᛔĂૌ
శЁձϑᑕુລ௨Ąğ
● ˚ࡌઠΏጠ༊عϵ
žຣݙ྆ 50°C ڟϴ̟Ą
žᑆॉѳ Ğ35% ̾ʮğؖ Ğ 80%ğڟ
ϴ̟Ą
ž෨ώڢັڟϴ̟Ą
žϵࣇ̈ढعϵઝڟԡՙ˱Ą
žኬۖ͑ᇥዢĄ
● ଶೀၿගዢސպႠઝࠋݙӬყఅڟĄѮސĂଶ
ೀၿගዢʰ͟༄લ͎୪ฃѓᔈ۫قؖώᔈ
ĞࠔѓăႦѓؖᕢѓğĄղᔈ˚ސᏃϵ
ႄળ˱ڟĂϣढʶ˚ےΰΏጠФψѤވᄫĄĞФझ
ႩᔈĈය྆ 99.99%ğ
● ໋ԠФպᚸ࿋ጠढĂ˚ࡌઠྫбχॼϵᚸᏃጠ
˱Ăϣढᐖཎ༄લᐮޥΏጠސҏጇѰΓલĄ
GR-D650AG_CS.book Page 3 Friday, April 7, 2006 6:57 PM
˛̜
Њϒ٧๎ձ
ˉ̖Ĉߏྱթ̬ԮྫؖᐞĂ˸˼պΏጠାؖۦ
֧ᇘĄ
ᚌҙĈ
÷ ࠷വ୪ᚸ࿋ጠؖκྫປኌዢവ͎ອᘴ୴ؖ
֨Ăᐖγ҉ऌ͎ྫбĂئڱؖʮྫປನᏞĄ
ЃَЪढᙷᛉպΏᚸ࿋ጠؖκྫປኌዢĂ
ઠዲ̬ԮྫؖᐞĄቜჄ JVC ༄ᖇ੦ᒒՁĄ
˸˼࿙ཐьїಈĄ
÷ ߏྱթྫᐞĂቜ˼ዾьΈጠ೦Ąጠ˱ഒ̘
͟ྭڟχĄᐮढቜӲ५࠘ӬʡࢷĄ
÷ ϵૌढ˚κྫປኌዢढĂݚᚊૌૃ
κྫປನࣴʰئʮྫປྫሣĄ
ᚌҙĈ
÷ Ώᚸᆇጠڟኌ ػPAL િѓྫගጠ۬༴Ąͺ˚
ϵ֏͂ᆿລྫڟගጠʰїᆬعĄѮސĂ͟ϵ
ψѤϴ̟їဂٷᚸ࿋ַଶೀၿගዢ 0 ֥ುዢ
ᆬعĄ
÷ Ώ୰͓ܢҤટҁַ֏ͺڣᘋ୰ᜌӬĂͫպ
JVC ᆵጃྫбĄቜպ JVC BN-VF707U/
VF714U/VF733U ྫбχĂ͟ઠ֏͈ྫؖΥκ
ྫປನࣴߏᚸ࿋ጠಪռྫĂᐖպڟؚۣϻ
ྫᐆဇᐖκྫປኌዢĄ ĞϨڟκྫປ
ನࣴ௩ࡎ͟˚ϣĂరኌ໋ڟᕽಲኌ
ዢĄğ
ԁಲኤྫб˞ᚌҙ
ΏጠؚྫڟбЃَ୩˚໋Ă܌Ф̕ਔ̬Ԯؖ
˽ደጽጶڟϠᏎĄ
ቜ˼їϔ͈ྫă˷ཌă͑ᇥ֗ 100°C ̾ʰؖε
ʣ̬˛ഏጶĄ
ԁಲྫбढĂቜպ٘ʮăʭăষͻؖᶵڟ
CR2025 ྫܮбĄ
ྫбԁಲᎿჲĂФ̕͟ਔᗖߔ̬̅ԮĄ
● Ӈྫڟбᐖ̅ढ୩Ą
● ᙒˉ݆˯әĄ
● ቜ˼˷ཌྫбĂʶ˚͟εʣ̬˛Ą
٧๎Ĉ
● ᖞࢄסഖ ĞՁϖ༴ሆഖğַЊϒᚌҙѝ̺ػጠ
ڟఋַࠧؖఋĄ
÷ κྫປኌዢڟᖞַऀ۬סЊϒᚌҙѝ֏ػ
ʰఋؖʮఋĄ
ΏጠЊཆϵᗋᔣ˅ޜؖʰढĂߏʟڪॉĂպ
ጠዢͲֺ۳ॼ͈˷ڟᄪ Ğ֍ăʰఋ̅ݣϨ
10 cm ̾ʰğĄ
ቜ˼ઇฬఆॉ̌Ą
ĞЃَఆॉ̌ౢাؖઇฬĂઠᆇᛪಹᇥĄğ
ቜઠΏጠᄉᖔᓴᕠ̬ڟປ̅ᔈጽڟᛑᑎĄ
୩ྫбढĂᐖ˰˷уᆌᑗੰᖠĄቜਜ਼Άᙒ
िᎳЈ໋ϴФᘰྫб୩ڟݡٲ̅܌Ą
ቜ˼ઠΏጠ༊ػᑆڟݙᑗʮؖᔰʰ̫၎Ą
ቜ˼ϵड़݉ؖϻ̫ڟϴ̟պΏጠĄ
ф̸Ăቜ˼ઠ͈ၖ̫ؖଶ ܢڐڟĞ˽ҷؖܢᗾ
ዘăᔀۆ୭ăߵऻڐăٔ˅ğĂعϵΏጠڟʰ
Ą
ĞЃَ̫ؖଶ॔ʣΏጠĂ̕͟ਔ̬Ԯؖᚉ
ྫĄğ
3
MasterPage: Left
GR-D650AG_CS.book Page 4 Friday, April 7, 2006 6:57 PM
4 ˛̜
˚ࡌઠᘢᏞ֥ؖುዢڢဇϩ̊෨Ąҏ܌ฌ
໘ծዲ˱ఋྫ͎୪ވᄫĄᓙ͟Ф̕ਔ̬
ԮྫؖᐞڟϠᏎĄ
ᚌҙĊ
ʮϖ٧๎ձᘰՁ֗ဇᚸ࿋ጠ̘̅͟ڟࣛĄ
ᚹળढĂቜਜ਼Ά־Ё̙ಪળĂф̸ࡌպ
̙ڟؚۣಪળĄӺ֥ುዢؖଶೀၿගዢᚹળؖ
ऌݻᚸ࿋ጠဣ༣ΏጠĂؖ̕ਔވᄫĄ
ቜ٧๎Ă˚ࡌᏃ࿋ળ፻აҶў̙ݾĄ˚ࡌˉ
݆ጇѰᚸ࿋ጠĂϰߏ͂࢈५ѿ࣠ؾവΡႍձވĄ
˚ࡌϵ˚ᗧڟʰպʭ༚ޜĄҏ͟܌ᕚ
ࢇфպᚸ࿋ጠᙒࡧ֧Ą
ᚌҙĊ
శЁ˚ࡌӰᚸ࿋ጠྫڟស ĞࡱᏜƟගᏜĂS ග
ᏜğʰؖઠΏጠعϵྫගጠథʰĂҏˉ˚܌
̖˻֗ྫស܌պᚸ࿋ጠဣ༣ф֧Ą
GR-D650AG_CS.book Page 5 Friday, April 7, 2006 6:57 PM
˛̜
պΏᚸ࿋ጠڣ
ቜሂჯպސڟᆿФ Mini DV ༴
ળĄ
ቜሂჯૌպސڟળ
ڟᏃ࿋
ؖ
ᆿ
ڟІᏽ͚Ą
Ώᚸ࿋ጠސટߏᆵЅВᏃ࿋ળăSD Ѓ๎ַ͚ϻ౬
͚ф௩ࡎڟĄϰфͫպળФ ņ
ŇᆿڟᏃ
࿋ળַળФ ņ
Ň ؖņ
Ňᆿ
ڟІᏽ͚Ą
ቜ˚ࡌӟΏᚸ࿋ጠ˚ސჄ֏͂ᆵЅВගᏜ֙В࢙
࣠ڟĄ
ቜ˚ࡌӟΏᚸ࿋ጠฉኌػ̘ʡպڟάڟĄ
ψѤΐ༄ኌ໋௨͟ڟ੦պ֧ސ̥ڟĄ Ğ҉
պސᚸᏃʡ٠ቬڟᆇ̰ăے။ࣤؖᛔĂૌశЁ
ձϑᑕુລ௨Ąğ
ϵїࡧࡌڟᏃ࿋˞܉ĂቜʙסϑїʙЩཐᏃĄ
ᆬعཐᏃڟᏃ࿋ĂվඡސҏΓሂϴᏃყʟᒐࡱַ
࿋Ą
Ө࢈ݚᚊૌϵպ˞଼܉ᇓᏃ࿋ႄᏞĄ
ЃَૌФʙԠФպᚸ࿋ጠʟĂႄᏞ౷Ф͟
ᝐᜰĄӨ࢈ݚᚊૌסೈ଼ળ ĞᎵᓊğ଼ᇓᏃᆇ
ႄᏞĄ
ቜʙסϵኌϫڟᑗ˛۳Іૌ଼ڟળַᚸ࿋ጠĄ
Ѓ଼َળַᚸ࿋ጠع༊ϵФиڟϴ̟ĂᏃ࿋
ႄᏞ౷࣠ؾᝐᜰĄႄળᐖཎૃᚸ࿋ጠ˛֥͎ծІع
ϵ˅ཇĄઠᚸ࿋ጠع༊ϵʙ˃ڟ͂֏ڱؖڟ
˅ཇĄ
ဇڟࡌࡧػගᏜᏃ֙Ăቜպ SP ĞᆿລğᇁВĄ
LP ĞढğᇁВ̾͟պૌᏃ̨֙ SP Ğᆿລğᇁ
В 50% ڟගᏜĂѮސૌϵᆬعढ֗͟ᘸѭ
ᓉѺВڟᖕዡĂ֥Ԛػႄળڟ५ַؒպᑗĄ
ϰЪĂဇڟࡌࡧػᏃ࿋ĂӨ࢈ݚᚊૌպ SP
) ᆿລ * ᇁВĄ
ݚᚊૌպ JVC ͎ڟܢᏃ࿋ળĄ
ૌڟᚸ࿋ጠ࢙࣠Ϳʰ͎ੵؚڟФܢഖڟႄળĂͫ
ࡌͺ࢈ஒϫ MiniDV ᆿລĂѮ ސJVC ͎ڟܢᏃ࿋ળ
ސટ۞ߏૌڟᚸ࿋ጠ௩ࡎպڟĂઊశ˃ࡩݙϴ
ᏺ˽ᚸ࿋ጠڟᚸ࿋ؒĄ
ϣढቜૌኧ 52 – 54 ࡲʰ ڟņ٧๎ձŇĄ
5
● Microsoft® ַ Windows® ސMicrosoft ˴ͧϵࠛ
ַ Ğؖğ֏͂ࣜڟ٧͋੦ᆿؖ੦ᆿĄ
● Macintosh ސApple ࡎ႗ጠ˴ͧڟ٧͋੦ᆿĄ
● QuickTime ސApple ࡎ႗ጠ˴ͧڟ٧͋੦ᆿĄ
MasterPage: Left
GR-D650AG_CS.book Page 6 Friday, April 7, 2006 6:57 PM
6 ˛̜
࿒ᝐ 0 ၚᝐझَ
ࠧುώངᏻ
ૌ̾͟ҁ࿒ᝐ 0 ၚᝐझَվყఅ͎֎Ф܉
ႠডڟᕽᝐಲĄ) 41 ࡲ *
ͫᄯݸʮ BACKLIGHT ݸᓤ౷ັ۫ਛώฃ
ڟ࿋Ą) 40 ࡲ *
÷ ૌʶ̾͟ᎵጅʙᔈഁώĂᆺૌ౷̾͟
պԁႠሂڟᗊώངᏻĄ) 40 ࡲĂᔈᗊ
ώૡ֙ *
ଷʣ
ଷ͎
ળФ५झڟ࿋ሡᎮുӕ
սЃĂņོŇᇁВ̾͟ဇ՞ఀڟ࿋
їऐऔĂԐЩʙ౿Ă̾ᑕુᔀ๐ăᗧڟס
ယѰ࿋Ą) 42 ࡲ *
ྫбྫුᆵጃΰ
ૌͫᄯݸʮ DATA ݸᓤĂ౷̾͟ྫޥбڑ
ဘĄ) 15 ࡲ *
100%
LCD
50%
0%
ဂٷယѰ
ັقጷ
ૌ̾͟ັقጷັ۫ڐڟĄ) 37
ࡲ*
ૌ̾͟ယఀᏃؖᆬߢعපؖᘲુʙՎ̰ڟ
֓ುĄ̾͟ဂढᏃַᆬعᒐࡱĄ) 37
ࡲ*
ьᓤ
ૌ̾͟ ݸAUTO ĞьğᓤԁӽᚸᏃጠڟ
ᏃᇁВϵ̙௩༊эᆿລᇁВ௩༊˞Ą
AUTO
MANUAL
MasterPage: TOC_Heading0_Right
GR-D650AG_CS.book Page 7 Friday, April 7, 2006 6:57 PM
άᏃ
ລరˎѰ
8 ͒
ষ̕ .................................................................. 8
ؚಪռۣڟχ .................................................. 12
ྫປ ................................................................ 14
ጇѰᇁВ ......................................................... 16
ჭՐ௩༊ ......................................................... 17
̠ೈƟढڟ௩ ס........................................... 17
ቡӺળ ......................................................... 18
ቡ֥ುዢ...................................................... 18
ΰዢݙ۫ڟቡ ........................................... 18
ס־ʭ༚ޜ...................................................... 18
ཆʣƟ֥͎ႄળ .............................................. 19
ཆʣ 0 ֥͎Іᏽ͚ ............................................ 19
ගᏜᏃ̅ᆬع
20
ගᏜᏃ ................................................ 20
અΏᏃ ......................................................... 20
ႄળढ .............................................. 20
ଶೀၿගዢַ֥ುዢ ................................... 20
ᝐഐ ............................................................ 21
˃عᇁВ ..................................................... 21
دᚸ ..................................................... 21
ߨدᚸ ..................................................... 21
ढሆ ......................................................... 22
Ӥఀ ޥ..................................................... 22
ૃႄળ˛ڟᏃ ....................................... 22
ගᏜᆬ ع................................................ 23
Γલᆬ ع......................................................... 23
Ꮧ̥ᆬ ع..................................................... 23
Ӥఀষ ..................................................... 23
ڪΩষ ..................................................... 23
Њཆྫб ..................................................... 25
эྫගؖᏃ࿋ጠ ....................................... 24
պᄍૡዢїᆬ ع....................................... 25
અΏدᚸ ĞD.S.C. ᑡ࿋ğ............................... 27
D.S.C. ᆬ ع............................................ 28
Γલᆬع࿋ .................................................. 28
ьᆬع࿋ .................................................. 28
̜χষ̕ᆬ ع.................................................. 28
͞ਸ਼˂ݎဍʰڟΰ ....................................... 28
ԁϻ ڟD.S.C. ͒ ................................ 29
ࡧ௩༊̜χϪ .............................................. 29
۳ᛖ̜χ ......................................................... 29
҂ਸ਼̜χ ......................................................... 30
௩༊Έϟ۬ऀ Ğि௩༊ğ............................ 30
˽זۑІᏽ͚ .................................................. 31
7
32
Ⴀቡڟඊ ......................................32
ӽᝐඊڟ௩༊ .............................................. 32
Ꮓඊ ......................................................... 33
ᆬعඊ ......................................................... 36
ػᏃ͒ڟ ......................................37
ັقጷ ............................................................. 37
ဂٷယѰ ...................................................... 37
ᅶᄚဍᇁВ ...................................................... 37
ׇග ................................................................ 38
ᑡ࿋ ) ઠᏗ̥࿋Ꮓϵႄળʰ * .................... 38
̙ဇഐ ......................................................... 38
ᗊώૡ֙ ......................................................... 39
ώᖇ ס......................................................... 39
ࠧುώངᏻ ...................................................... 40
ᔈᗊώૡ֙ ...................................................... 40
Ωᎋቡ ...................................................... 40
̙Ωᎋቡ .............................................. 41
࿒ᝐؖၚᝐझَ .............................................. 41
࿋ሡᎮă५झַӤ۞५झ ............................ 42
ሡᎮ ........................................................43
ૃᏃ࿋ጠؖϩᏃ࿋ጠಈ֙ ................................ 43
ಈ֙эరФ EW ʿڟගᏜ௩రؖΥЪ௩రಈ
֙ ) ᆵЅಈ֙ * ............................................. 44
эʡࡎ႗ጠ ........................................... 45
ࡱᏜቒყ ......................................................... 46
ನʣሡᎮ ......................................................... 46
у۬ऀ
47
ވᄫਸ਼ .................................................47
պႰᛖ .................................................51
٧๎ձ .................................................52
ि ........................................................55
ᆵЅᏗ࿋ັߺጠ ĞD.S.C.ğᏃ̅ ჭ
ᆬع
27
D.S.C. Ꮓ ............................................ 27
˛̜
GR-D650AG_CS.book Page 8 Friday, April 7, 2006 6:57 PM
8 ˛̜ ລరˎѰ
ষ̕
GR-D650AG_CS.book Page 9 Friday, April 7, 2006 6:57 PM
ລరˎѰ
ʿ
ʿѝػაڟʮ̟Ą
, USB Ğћїᒂሣğʿ ) 45 ࡲ *
-ᆵЅගᏜʿ [DV IN/OUT] (i.LINK*)
) 44Ă45 ࡲ *
* i.LINK ݾސIEEE1394-1995 ї࠱̅֏ᔗࣤĄ
ཎᆿ ػஒϫ i.LINK ᆿລڟ୰ܢĄ
.ࡱᏜƝගᏜᎯʣƟᎯ͎ዢ \AV^
) 24Ă43 ࡲ *
/ S ගᏜᎯʣƟᎯ͎ዢ \S^ ) 24Ă43 ࡲ *
:ྫڢປᎯʣʿ \DC^ ) 14 ࡲ *
9
ݾΰጷ
èPOWER/CHARGE ጷ ) 14Ă20 ࡲ *
֏͂ఋϋ
êଶೀၿගዢ ) 20Ă21 ࡲ *
ë֥ುዢ ) 18 ࡲ *
í͚ა \ ^ ) 19 ࡲ *
ìྫб̛ ) ޜ 14 ࡲ *
îڸળળ̕ ) 12 ࡲ *
ïӺળ ) 18 ࡲ *
ñᒐዢ ) 23 ࡲ *
óᘢᏞ
òັقጷ
ôᚸ࿋ጠ๐ᐖዢ
ö
õ
ú
ù
û
) ቜˉ̖˚ࡌኍጀЪĂدᚸΆᄯڟ๐ᐖዢ
˱༊ϵЪĄ*
γᒐఫѺࡳ
ᒳृ̌ ) 18 ࡲ *
ʭ༚ס־ޜᇀ ) 18 ࡲ *
ႄળა ) 19 ࡲ *
ዹ͚ನᇀ
ລరˎѰ
ૡ֙
1ࢇળᓤ \1^ ) 23 ࡲ *
ϩ;ᓤ \1^
Ӥఀޥᓤ \QUICK REVIEW^ ) 22 ࡲ *
2௩༊ᓤ \SET^ ) 17 ࡲ *
ྫбྫුᆵጃΰᓤ \DATA^ ) 15 ࡲ *
3̥ᓤ \7^ ) 23 ࡲ *
ϩʮᓤ \4^
ࠧುώངᏻᓤ \BACKLIGHT^ ) 40 ࡲ *
4 VIDEO/MEMORY ᘰ ) 16 ࡲ *
5ᆬعƟᆷᓤ \6^ ) 23 ࡲ *
ϩʰᓤ \3^
̙ဇഐᓤ \FOCUS^ ) 38 ࡲ *
6ڪΩ \BLANK^ ) 23 ࡲ *
˃عᇁВݸᓤ Ğ1.3x TELE * ) 21 ࡲ *
7ඊᓤ \MENU^ ) 32 ࡲ *
8Ӥᓤ \¡^ ) 23 ࡲ *
ϩ͡ᓤ \2^
ׇගᓤ \NIGHT^ ) 38 ࡲ *
9ষ̕\ ූݸINDEX^) 28 ࡲ *
ັقጷᓤ \LIGHT^
!קώݙቡጌૡ֙ ) 18 ࡲ *
"ьᓤ \AUTO^ ) 16 ࡲ *
#ᑡ࿋ᓤ \SNAPSHOT^ ) 27Ă38 ࡲ *
ဂٷယѰᓤ ) 32Ă37 ࡲ *
$ྫႹഐૡ֙ԋ \T/W^ ) 21 ࡲ *
ᒐዢࡱුૡ֙ \VOL. +, –^ ) 23 ࡲ *
%ྫб֣ضᓤ \PUSH BATT.^ ) 14 ࡲ *
&ᏃזƟ̥ᓤ ) 20 ࡲ *
(ྫປᘰ \RECĂ OFFĂPLAY^ ) 16 ࡲ *
)ᖇסᓤ ) 16 ࡲ *
~ႄળΈƟਝ͎ᘰ \OPEN/EJECT^
) 19 ࡲ *
+ᅶ Ğ16:9ğᓤ \16.9 ^) 37 ࡲ *
˛̜
GR-D650AG_CS.book Page 10 Friday, April 7, 2006 6:57 PM
10 ˛̜ ລరˎѰ
ϵගᏜַ D.S.C. Ꮓ྆ു˛
ଶೀၿගዢƟ֥ುዢݾΰ
ͫϵගᏜᏃ྆ു˛
1
9
2 34
TELE
5
–––
LP
6
WH
"
!
7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
M
"#
!
10 x
3
&
1 2 . 6 . 2006
12 B I T
15:55
11 : 13 AM
1 2 . 6 . 2006
9
8
1ႄળོᕽݾΰጷ ) 20 ࡲ *
) ႄળོᕽढଋᕽĄ*
2˃عᇁВݾΰጷ ) 21 ࡲ *
3ဂٷယѰݾΰጷ ) 37 ࡲ *
4ᏃఀݙᇁВ )SP/LP* ) ᆿລƟढ *
) 33 ࡲ * ) ͫФ LP ݾΰጷΰ *
5ႄળढ ) 20 ࡲ *
6ᚸᏃĈ) ϵᏃ྆ു˛͎୪Ą* ) 20 ࡲ *
ᆷĈ) ϵᏃ˛͎୪Ą* ) 20 ࡲ *
ယᗊώĈ) ໋պဂٷယѰढ͎୪Ą*
) 37 ࡲ *
7ؚᎵጅڟ࿒ᝐƟၚᝐझَݾΰጷ ) 41 ࡲ *
8̠ೈƟढ ) 35 ࡲ *
9ढሆ ) 35 ࡲ *
!ᆵЅ࿋ᗧסጷ )ņ࿋ᗧסŇ* ) 33 ࡲ *
"ࡱᏜᇁВ 12BIT/16BIT ࡱᏜᇁВݾΰጷ
) 33 ࡲ * ) ᚸ࿋ጠጠ͎ݣ୪࠘ 5 ࠌᚘ *
ͫϵ D.S.C. Ꮓ྆ു˛
2
1280
$
%
3
15
1࿋̏ˈĈ 1280 (1280 x 960)Ă1024
(1024 x 768) ؖ640 (640 x 480) ) 27 ࡲ *
2࿋ቴුĈ ĞႠğַ
ĞᆿລğĞັݸ
ቴුӕğ) 35 ࡲ *
3ັ̰ᆵ ) 27 ࡲ *
Ğΰϵ D.S.C. Ꮓ྆ു˛͟۳Іدڟᚸ˃ڟ
࠘ᆵĄğ
)
(
1ྫбྫුݾΰጷ
2ጇѰᇁВ ) 16 ࡲ *
ĈьᇁВ
Ĉ̙ᇁВ
3ັقጷڑဘݾΰጷ ) 37 ࡲ *
4
Ĉׇගݾΰጷ ) 38 ࡲ *
ĈᅨউᇁВ ) 34 ࡲ *
5Ӥ۞ఀݙ
6Ωᎋݾΰጷ ) 40 ࡲ *
7ؚᎵጅڟझَݾΰጷ
8ؚᎵጅുڟВᗊώݾΰጷ ) 42 ࡲ *
9˃࠘ဇഐ̨ ) 21 ࡲ *
!ဇഐݾΰጷ ) 21 ࡲ *
"͚ᆿ ) 27 ࡲ *
Ğϵدᚸ྆ു˛͎୪ծਰᗗĄğ
#͚ᆿ ) 27 ࡲ *
Ĉϵدᚸ྆ു˛͎୪Ą
ĈΐཆʣІᏽ͚ढਰᗗΩѓĄ
Ĉ໋ᚸ࿋ጠϵІᏽ͚ʰ֥ᆵ⃛ढĂ̾ก
ѓਰᗗĄ
$ັ̰ Ğدᚸᑡ࿋ढ͎୪Ąğ) 27Ă38 ࡲ *
% Ĉᔈᗊώૡ֙ݾΰጷ ) 40 ࡲ *
Ĉࠧುώངᏻݾΰጷ ) 40 ࡲ *
±Ĉᗊώቡݾΰጷ ) 39 ࡲ *
ώᖇݾסΰጷ ) 39 ࡲ *
&ࡳᒐ͞ਸ਼ݾΰጷ ) 34 ࡲ *
(̠ೈ ) 17 ࡲ *
)̙ဇഐቡݾΰጷ ) 38 ࡲ *
A
M
GR-D650AG_CS.book Page 11 Friday, April 7, 2006 6:57 PM
ລరˎѰ ˛̜
ϵ 16:9 Ꮓढ
ϵ D.S.C. ᆬ˛ു྆ع
1
ᅶ Ğ16:9ğ 1 6 : 9
ᇁВݾΰጷ
100-0013
2
1̜χҶƟ̜χᆵ ) 28 ࡲ *
2ጇѰᇁВݾΰጷ ) 28 ࡲ *
໋ૌϵᅶᄚဍᇁВ ) 37 ࡲ * Ꮅጅʟ ņ16:9ŇĂ
3۫ݙૡ֙ݾΰጷ ĞଶೀၿගዢƟ֥ುዢğ
ݎဍڟʮ̟ᝐฃĄʙղݾΰጷΰϵఋ˷Ą
( 18 ࡲ *
120
LP
ϵගᏜᆬ˛ു྆ع
1 2
3
4
5
LP
12 B I T /
L
1 1 : 1 3 AM
1 2 . 6 . 20 0 6
2 0 : 21 : 2 5
7
6
1ྫбྫුݾΰጷ
2ࡱᏜᇁВݾΰጷ ) 36 ࡲ *
3ڪΩষݾΰጷ ) 23 ࡲ *
4ႄળఀ) ݙSP/LP* ĞᆿລƟढğ
) 36 ࡲ *
ĞͫФ LP ݾΰጷΰĄ*
53Ĉᆬع
¡ĈӤƟӤఀষ
1ĈࢇળƟӤఀষ
8Ĉᆷ
8 3Ĉ܉ϩం౿ᆬعƟယѰ
2 8Ĉݣϩం౿ᆬعƟယѰ
ĈࡱᏜಈ֙
8 ĈࡱᏜಈ֙ᆷ
6̠ೈƟढ ) 36 ࡲ *
7ࡱුĈᒐුݾΰጷ ) 23 ࡲ *
۫ݙĈ۫ݙૡ֙ݾΰጷ
) ଶೀၿගዢƟ֥ುዢ * ) 18 ࡲ *
8ढሆ ) 36 ࡲ *
ລరˎѰ
3
25x
1 00min
8
11
GR-D650AG_CS.book Page 12 Friday, April 7, 2006 6:57 PM
12 ˛̜ ລరˎѰ
ؚಪռۣڟχ
ؖ
ЃѤպᘢᏞა
ߏʟ۳ᛖᘢᏞĂັݸཌؚ
ΰĂઠؚಪռڟᘢᏞაЊཆ֗
ᚸ࿋ጠʰĄ
٧๎Ĉ
ߏሂסᘢᏞაˑΓሂაʰĂቜ
ሂჯაჄᚸ࿋ጠᅆĄ
ϵدᚸ྆ു˛ع༊ϵЪĄ
ЃѤՁʰڸળ
ັݸΰ๎ؚΰĄ
1 κྫປኌዢ AP-V17E ؖAP-V19E
2 ྫб BN-VF707U
3 ࡱᏜƟගᏜྫស Ğ ࣷڢ3.5 ์ܮನࣴэ
RCA ನࣴğ
4 USB ྫស
5 ۉሣ྆ᔮዢ Ğ ػUSB ྫសĂպ̟В
13 ࡲ *
6 CD-ROM
7 ϻᆅഖᄍૡዢ RM-V740U
8 ኤྫб CR2025* Ğػᄍૡዢğ
9 ڸળ ) ЃѤЊཆቜኧ͡ڟჳ* ق
! ᘢᏞა ) ЃѤЊཆቜኧ͡ڟჳ* ق
1 ઠળ˅ࠎ྆̌Ą
2 ઠͺӷϱվࠎ྆ળ˅ڟዲࣈַળКĄ
÷ ַ྆٘عႧળК˛ڟળ˅վቡڸળݙڟĄ
3 ઠળ˅ڟዲࣈၾʨϩ̌
ળК
ળ˅ڟዲࣈ
2
2
* κ௲ढϵᄍૡዢ༊˱ˑཆФʙีኤྫб ĞળФ൘
ሢ̰ğĄЃَࡌպᄍૡዢĂ܌ਸ਼͞൘ሢ̰Ą
٧๎Ĉ
● ߏպᚸ࿋ጠ۳ݻϵశչˎڟѰڑဘĂؚಪռྫڟស
͟Фʙؖϻۉሣ྆ᔮዢĄЃَྫសͫФʙ
ۉሣ྆ᔮዢĂ֏ኬۖ྆ᔮዢڟʙ႒ᐖэᚸ࿋
ጠĄ
● ቜʙסպؚಪռྫڟសĄ˚ࡌպ֏͂ྫ
សĄ
1
̌
3
GR-D650AG_CS.book Page 13 Friday, April 7, 2006 6:57 PM
ລరˎѰ ˛̜
13
ЃѤЊཆۉሣ྆ᔮዢ
ઠۉሣ྆ᔮዢЊཆ֗ྫសĄۉሣ྆ᔮዢ̾̍͟˓
ᔙĄ
1 ٘ۉሣ྆ᔮዢ֍႒֙ڟዢĄ
2 ઠྫសࠎ྆ᔮዢĂϵྫសನᏞჄۉሣ྆ᔮዢ˞
۳ॼ࠘ 3 cm ྫសĄ
Ѓཌ˛ؚΰĂઠྫសϵۉሣ྆ᔮዢʹఋᛈᕓʙЩĄ
3 cm
ۉሣ྆ᔮዢ
ᛈᕓʙЩĄ
3 ϫʰۉሣ྆ᔮዢĂڢэᘰఖծവ͎⳨ᒐĄ
٧๎Ĉ
● ቜ٧๎˚ࡌᖽྫសĄ
● ྫសढĂઠۉሣ྆ᔮዢڟ႒Њཆϵᚸ࿋ጠĄ
ລరˎѰ
֙ዢ
GR-D650AG_CS.book Page 14 Friday, April 7, 2006 6:57 PM
14 ˛̜ ລరˎѰ
֣ʮྫб
ྫປ
ݸʮ PUSH BATT.Ăढϩʰྫбઠ֏֣ʮĄ
Ώᚸ࿋ጠ֍ڟᘸྫປՁ˰௨ૌᎵጅశኌϫྫڟປĄ
˚ࡌઠؚಪռྫڟປཆ༊պϵ֏͂௩రʰĄ
൝ྫб͈ྫ
ྫб̛ޜ
ྫб
BN-VF707U*
˃࠘ 1 ˉढ 30 ˷
BN-VF714U
˃࠘ 2 ˉढ 40 ˷
BN-VF733U
˃࠘ 5 ˉढ 40 ˷
* ಪռ
٧๎Ĉ
PUSH
BATT.
ྫб
1
2
ሐᏞ
͈ྫढ
POWER/
CHARGE
ጷ
э DC ʿ
эκྫປನࣴ
ྫປᘰ
κྫປኌዢ
1 ઠྫປᘰ௩༊ߏ ņOFFŇĄ
2 ྫбʰڟሐᏞݾϩʮ̟Ăઠྫбᄆᄆ૰
ϩྫб̛ ޜ1Ą
3 ϩʮྫбĂ֏֗ڢᖇ֗סѝ 2Ą
4 ઠκྫປኌዢჄᚸ࿋ጠĄ
5 ઠκྫປኌዢನʣκྫປನࣴĄᚸ࿋ጠ
ʰ ڟPOWER/CHARGE ጷਰᗗĂےΰ͈ྫː༄
זĄ
6 ໋ POWER/CHARGE ጷၫພढĂ͈ྫӇЙĄ
ૃκྫປನ͎ࣴئκྫປኌዢĄઠκྫ
ປኌዢૃᚸ࿋ጠᔞĄ
● Ώ୰͓ܢҤટҁַ֏͂ڣᘋ୰ᜌӬĂͫպ
JVC ᆵ⃛ྫбĄቜպ JVC BN-VF707U/VF714U/
VF733U ྫбχĄպಽۨ JVC ྫбዲ˱
ఋ͈ྫྫᖽĄ
● ЃَྫбʰФ۳ᛖაĂϑઠ֏͞ਸ਼Ą
● ͈ྫ྆ു˛Ă˚͟ጇѰᚸ࿋ጠĄ
● ЃَؚպྫбܮᎿჲĂ܌ഒྫ͈ٲĄ
● ʙЩ൝ྫб͈ྫؖϵ ೈ˚˞ݣ൝ྫб
͈ྫढĂPOWER/CHARGE ጷ͟˚۫Ąϵႍ
˚ٷĂૃᚸ࿋ጠ˛֥͎ ྫбĂഓݣ࿙ཐϔЩ
͈ྫĄ
● Ѓَઠʙː༄͈ၖྫྫ ڟбχನʣΏጠĂ
POWER/CHARGE ጷ˚ਰᗗےΰԠФ͈ྫĄ
● ЃَӇϒ͈ྫྫݣбˎڟѰढ˫ഓۨલ഻Ăྫ܌
бּˑۖൖԂĄᄯࡌԁಲྫбĄቜᓊඵྫڟб
Ą
● ϰߏκྫປኌዢϵ˱ఋ୩ྫĂؚ̾ϵպ
྆ു˛വᇥĄቜሂͫסϵࡳՊЁڟϴ̟պĄ
● ྆պᎵᓊ ڟAA-VF7 ྫб͈ྫዢĂૌ̾͟ڢ
ဇ BN-VF707U/VF714U/VF733U ྫб͈ྫĂ
фഒպᚸ࿋ጠĄ
● ϵ5˷ᚘ྆ݣĂЃَΓϵػᏃყݟጠᇁВַႄળː
ನʣĂѮސԠФጇѰї ) ņᆷŇݾΰጷ͟
˚͎୪ *ĂΏᚸ࿋ጠઠьᘰఖκྫປኌዢڟ
ྫປĄϵٷʮĂЃَᚸ࿋ጠʰˑཆʰྫбĂ౷
ྫ͈זĄ
GR-D650AG_CS.book Page 15 Friday, April 7, 2006 6:57 PM
ລరˎѰ ˛̜
պྫб
պκྫປ
ઈї ņ൝ྫб͈ྫҲڟ 2 ԏэ 3 ԏĄ
ઈї ņ൝ྫб͈ྫҲڟ 4 – 5 ԏĄ
శᛉᏃढ
٧๎Ĉ
ଶೀၿගዢଂ
ࠧುዢଂ
BN-VF707U*
1 ˉढ 30 ˷
1 ˉढ 40 ˷
BN-VF714U
3 ˉढ 5 ˷
3 ˉढ 25 ˷
BN-VF733U
7 ˉढ 20 ˷
8 ˉढ
* ಪռ
٧๎Ĉ
● ̾ʮନχʮĂᏃढ˃˃ᑻ഻Ĉ
● ࡧቒպᝐഐؖᏃݟጠᇁВढĄ
● ࡧቒպଶೀΰዢढĄ
● ࡧቒպᆬعᇁВढĄ
● ັقጷ۫ਔढĄ
● ϵढպ˞܉Ăݚᚊລర͟ռྱدסᚸढ
3 ࡻ̾ʰڟढؚպ͈ڟྫбĄ
٧๎Ĉ
ϵᔞྫປ˞܉Ăቜሂסᚸ࿋ጠː༄ᘰጠĄҏ܌Ă
̕ਔᚸ࿋ጠވᄫĄ
ྫбྫුᆵ⃛ΰՁ
ૌ̾͟ྫޥбྫු̾̅̾͟ᙷᛉᚸ֙ڟढĄ
1) ሂ۳ྫбː༄Њཆʰծ̸ྫປᘰ௩ߏס
ņOFFŇĄ
2) ઠଶೀၿගዢӇϒΈĄ
3) ݸʮ DATAĂ͎୪ྫбڑဘഫĄ
● ЃَݸʮЪᓤݣӤఀ٘Ăྫбڑဘΰ 3 ࠌ
ᚘĂЃَݸʮЪᓤݻݣᛉݸўಁࠌᚘĂྫ܌б
ڑဘΰ 15 ࠌᚘĄ
● Ѓَΰ ņ۬ऀ֥ᎿჲŇф˚ΰྫбڑ
ဘĂϵૌ̆ಈݸʮ DATA ᓤಁЩݣԠФӽ
ᝐĂჳྫقб͟ІϵੰᖠĄϵႍٷ
ʮĂቜܘཚලૌశۖ ڟJVC ༄ᖇ੦Ą
ؚಪռڟκྫປኌዢྫᐆ͟ьϵ 110 V ַ
240 V ˞ᎵጅĄ
ᘰྫػб
ϠᏎĊ ቜ˼ཐضཌྫбĂڱؖઠ֏ᆸᛩϵ̬ؖ
ຣʮĂҏ͟܌̕ਔ̬ԮؖᗖߔĄ
ᚌҙĊ ቜ˼ྫб֏ؖ႒˅ᚉۜᚴĂҏ͟܌̕
ਔ഻ߥэਔ̬ԮĄ
ݮಈΓሂྫбྫුݾΰ͒זࢨڟ
ЃَྫбྫුݾΰჄဂᄬጇѰढ˚ʙĂቜ൝ྫ
б͈ၖྫĂഓݣώྫбුྫڟĄѮސĂЃَྫб
ϵᮤݙຣؖѳຣڟନχʮպʟݞढĂڱؖ
͈ྫЩᆵ̊ϻĂ͒ʶ௨˚ݮಈĄ
ລరˎѰ
ྫб
15
GR-D650AG_CS_04Start.fm Page 16 Friday, April 7, 2006 7:38 PM
16 ˛̜ ລరˎѰ
ьƝ̙ᇁВ
ጇѰᇁВ
Έᚸ࿋ጠĂݸўѝػᘰʰڟᖇݸסᓤڟϣढĂ
ઠྫປᘰ௩༊֗ਸ਼ ņOFFŇ̾ʹڟψѤጇѰᇁ
ВĄ
ᖇݸסᓤ
VIDEO/
MEMORY
AUTO
POWER/
CHARGE ጷ
MENU
ࡧಈ ݸAUTO ᓤ̾ᕽಲэьƝ̙ᏃᇁВĄ໋
Ꮅጅʟ̙ᇁВݣĂņ Ňݾΰጷઠ͎୪ϵଶೀၿග
ዢʰĄ
M
ьᇁВ ;
A
ૌ̾͟˚պψѤ५ѿझَؖպ̙ቡጌї
ᏃĄ
̙ᇁВ ;
M
ૌ̾྆͟௩༊ϨႍϨᆺ͒ڟї̙ᏃĄ
ྫປᘰ
AUTO
MANUAL
ळጃૌڟЁĂպྫປᘰַ VIDEO/MEMORY
ᘰᎵጅኌ໋ڟጇѰᇁВĄ
ྫປᘰѝ༊
RECĈ
● ૌ̾͟ઠᚸᆇᏃϵႄળ˱Ą
● ૌ̾͟պඊ௩༊ϨႍᏃ͒Ą
) 33 ࡲ *
OFF Ĉ
ૌ̾͟ᘰఖᚸ࿋ጠĄ
PLAYĈ
● ૌ̾͟ᆬعႄળʰڟᏃ࿋Ą
● ૌ̾͟ΰІᏽϵІᏽ͚˛ڟᏗ̥࿋Ăؖ
ઠІᏽ͚˛۳ІڟᏗ̥࿋จਚ֗ PC ʰĄ
● ૌ̾͟պඊ௩༊Ϩႍᆬ͒عĄ
) 32 ࡲ *
WJEFP0NFNPSZ ᘰѝ༊
VIDEOĈ
ૌ̾͟ϵႄળʰᏃؖᆬعႄળĄЃَ ņ Ꮓ౬
Ň௩༊ߏ ņ
0
Ň) 35 ࡲ *Ă܌Ꮧ
̥࿋͟ϣढᏃϵႄળַІᏽ͚˛Ą
MEMORYĈ
● ૌ̾͟ϵІᏽ͚˛Ꮓ֥ؖІᏽ͚˛۳І
ڟᆵጃĄ
● ໋ྫປᘰ௩༊ߏ ņ RECŇढĂؚ໋܉Ꮅጅ
ڟ࿋̏ˈ͎୪Ą
ྫປߺᘰጇѰ
໋ྫປᘰ௩༊ߏ ņRECŇढĂૌᓙ̾͟Έ 0 ϫ
ʰଶೀၿගዢ ͎ؖ0 ૰ϱ֥ುዢĂ̾ଂ 0 ᘰఖᚸ
࿋ጠĄ
уڣᘋ ;
Ώჳقप˛̾ʮڟჳقү̾ጇѰ˛պଶೀၿගዢ
ߏ܉ಪĄЃَૌ๑պ֥ುዢĂ౷ቜఖϫଶೀၿග
ዢĂഓݣઠ֥ುዢϒఋ͎վĄ
GR-D650AG_CS.book Page 17 Friday, April 7, 2006 6:57 PM
ລరˎѰ ˛̜
̠ೈƟढڟ௩ס
̾͟ӽᝐΰڟჭՐĄ) 32Ă 35 ࡲ *
1 ݸўѝػᘰʰڟᖇס
ݸᓤڟϣढĂઠྫປᘰ
௩༊ߏ ņRECŇĄ
LANGUAGE
2 ઠଶೀၿගዢశ˃ࡩݙ
ϴΈĄ) 20 ࡲ *
0001
DEMO
3 ઠᏃᇁВ௩э
ņ
MŇĄ) 16 ࡲ *
4 ݸʮ MENUĄඊഫ͎୪Ą
5 ݸʮ 4 Ă3Ă1 ؖ2 Ꮅጅ ņDISPLAYŇĞΰ
ඊğĂծݸʮ SET ؖ2Ąΰඊ͎୪Ą
6 ݸʮ 4 Ă3Ă1 ؖ2 Ꮅጅ ņLANGUAGEŇĂ
ծݸʮ SET ؖ2Ą
7 ݸʮ 4 ؖ3 վᎵጅ๑
ࡌڟჭՐĂഓݸݣʮ
SET ؖ2Ą
÷ Ԑ໋ૌ๑ࡌϱվ˞ڟ܉
ඊݎဍĂ ݸ1Ą
8 ݸʮ MENUĄඊഫ
ᘰఖĄ
ENGLISH
FRANCAIS
DEUTSCH
ESPAÑOL
ITALIANO
̠ೈ 0 ढᏍזதᏃϵႄળʰĂѮ֏ސΰϵᆬع
྆ു˛̾͟ଂؖᘰఖĄ ) 35Ă36 ࡲ *
1 ઈї;ᚽ˛ ڟņჭՐ௩༊Ň 1 ԏэ 5 ԏĄ
2 ݸʮ 4 Ă3Ă1 ؖ2 Ꮅ
ጅ ņढᚘ௩סŇĂծݸʮ
SET ؖ2Ą̠ೈΰिВ
ࠏ͎Ą
MONTH . DATE . YEAR
1 2h
1 2 . 0 6 . 2 006
3 ݸʮ 3 ؖ4 Ꮅጅڟࡌؚ
0 7 : 05
̠ೈΰिВĂഓݸݣ
SETĄૌ̾͟Ꮅጅ
ņMONTH.DATE.YEARŇĞ̢̠Бğă
ņDATE.MONTH.YEARŇĞ̢̠Бğؖ
ņYEAR.MONTH.DATEŇĞБ̢̠ğĄ
AM
4 ݸʮ 3 ؖ4 ᎵጅढΰिВĂഓ ݸݣSET
ؖ2Ąૌ̾͟Ꮅጅ ņ24hŇ ؖņ12hŇĄ
5 ௩༊Бă̢ă̠ăˉढַ˷ᚘĄ ݸ3 ؖ4 Ꮅ
ጅڟࡌؚάĂഓ ݸݣSET ؖ2ĄࡧᕭЪԏڢ
эૌᎯʣؚФ௩༊Ą
٧๎Ĉ
ݸ1 ݮಈ˞܉௩༊Ą
6 ݸʮ MENUĄඊഫᘰఖĄ
ລరˎѰ
ჭՐ௩༊
17
GR-D650AG_CS.book Page 18 Friday, April 7, 2006 6:57 PM
18 ˛̜ ລరˎѰ
ቡӺળ
ΰዢݙ۫ڟቡ
1 ݸўѝػᘰʰڟᖇס
ݸᓤڟϣढĂઠྫປᘰ
௩༊ߏ ņ RECŇؖ
1
ņPLAYŇĄ
1 ቡͻᏸળĄ
2 ઠૌ̙͡ڟѪʣᑗ˱Ă
ծಫўӺળĄ
3 ቡጌࠎ྆Ӻળַݾخڟ
֏͂ݾᏞĂ̾ۯ̟̾͟ۯ
ϴጇѰᏃ ז0 ̥ݸ
ᓤăྫປᘰַྫႹഐ
ૡ֙ଜĄቜሂັݸסૌڟ
Ёͻס־ᏸળĄ
3
2
2 ઠଶೀၿගዢశ˃ࡩݙ
ϴΈĄ) 20 ࡲ *
4
÷ Ѓَ๑ቡ֥ುዢ۫ڟ
ݙĂઠ֥ುዢϒఋ͎
վĂഓݣઠ ņ֥ುዢᏺ
ϑŇ௩ ߏסņ֥ುዢŇĄ MENU
) 32Ă 34 ࡲ */
ቡ֥ುዢ
1 ݸўѝػᘰʰڟᖇݸסᓤڟϣढĂઠྫປ
ᘰ௩༊ߏ ņ RECŇĄ
2 ቜሂסଶೀၿගዢᘰఖᖇסĄӇϒ֥͎ು
ዢĂ̙ቡ̾ᑕુశչ֥ڟುझَĄ
3 ݸʮ MENUĄඊഫ
͎୪ĄЃَૌΓϵᆬعᇁ
ВĂቜэԏ 5Ą
–5
4 ݸʮ 4 Ă3Ă1 ؖ2 Ꮅጅ ņΰඊŇĂծݸ
ʮ SET ? ؖĄΰඊ͎୪Ą
ݸʮ 4 Ă 3Ă1 ؖ2 Ꮅጅ ņ۫ݙŇĂծݸʮ
3 ଋᕽקώݙቡጌૡ֙ዢĂ֥֗ڢುዢ˛ڟΰ 5
SET 2ĄඊഫᘰఖĂ۫ݙૡ֙ݾΰ͎୪Ą
ؖ
ဇഐ଼ಾĄ
6 ݸʮ 4 ؖ3 ֗ڢኌ໋͎ݙ۫ڟ୪ߏ̥Ăծݸ
սЃĈ
ʮ SET ؖ2Ą
7 ݸʮ MENUĄඊഫᘰఖĄ
ס־ʭ༚ޜ
קώݙቡጌૡ֙ዢ
ᚌҙĈ
Нϱ֥ುዢढĂቜ٧๎˚ࡌૌݾ̙ڟओĄ
ઠᚸ࿋ጠЊཆϵʭ༚ޜʰ
ढĂઠᒳृჄᒳ൛̟ڟϩ
Ⴤᚸ࿋ጠס־ڟᇀַᒳृ
̌ဇᅆĄढਬ̟ϩᐡႧ
ᒳ൛Ą
● ޚղʭ༚ޜΐరᒳ
ृĄ
GR-D650AG_CS.book Page 19 Friday, April 7, 2006 6:57 PM
ລరˎѰ ˛̜
ཆʣƟ֥͎ႄળ
19
ཆʣ 0 ֥͎Іᏽ͚
ᚸ࿋ጠϵ͑ྫڟٷʮ˗̾͟ཆཷ͎֥ؖႄળĄ
OPEN/EJECT
ႄળ፻ა
͚ა )
*
PUSH
թᅸƟᐢਸ਼ᘰ
ႄળ፻ა
ቜሂסʿϩʹĄ
թᐢਸ਼ᘰ
1 ັݸሐᏞ̟ڟϩծݸў OPEN/EJECTĂ
ഓݣΈႄળ፻აڢэᖇסĄႄળ፻ьΈ
Ą
÷ ˚ࡌᚉဥ˱ఋχĄ
2 ನʣ͎֥ؖႄળĂծݸʮ ņPUSHŇᘰఖႄળ
፻Ą
÷ ቜሂݸͫסʮᆿФ ņPUSHŇڟఋ˷ᘰఖႄળ፻
ćᚉဥ֏͂ఋ˷͟պૌݾ̙ڟႄળ፻Ҷў
фఅЙ֧ฌؖ୰ܢᖽĄ
÷ ʙႄળ፻ᘰఖĂͺьНϱĄϵᘰఖႄળ፻
ა˞܉Ă֗ͺӇϒНϱĄ
÷ ໋ྫбྫʨ˚ढĂૌ͟ഒٲᘰఖႄળ፻აĄ
˚ࡌպ઼ʨĄϵᙷᛉጇѰ˞܉ĂԁಲˑӇϒ͈ྫ
ྫڟбؖպκྫປĄ
3 Ӈϒᘰఖႄળ፻ა֗ڢᖇסĄ
ߏ۳ᛖߢපڟᏃ
ັݸņSAVEŇ̟ϩႄળࠧڟթᐢਸ਼ᘰĄ͟
թ̥ႄળڟᏃᕭაĄЃَࡌϵЪႄળʰᏃĂ
܌ϵཆཷ˞܉ઠᘰϱ ņRECŇĄ
٧๎Ĉ
● Ѓَݟಁࠌᚘݣႄળ፻˚ΈĂ܌ᘰఖႄળ፻
აݣϔཐʙ྇ĄЃَႄળ፻˫Έ˚Ăᘰఖᚸ࿋
ጠĂഓݣϔཐĄ
● ЃَႄળΐΓሂཆཷĂ܌ӇϒΈႄળ፻აĂ
֥͎ႄળĄಁ˷ᚘݣϔઠ֏ನʣĄ
● ᚸ࿋ጠૃѾڟᑗࠏഓʣຣڟᑗढĂϵΈ
ႄળ፻ა˞܉̰֓ݟĄ
ଇՏᘞ
1 ቜሂסᚸ࿋ጠːᘰጠĄ
2 Έ͚ა Ğ ğĄ
3 ཆཷІᏽ͚ढĂઠ֏ଇՏᘞʙϑನʣĄ
֥͎Іᏽ͚ढĂ૰ʙʮІᏽ͚ĄІᏽ͚ૃᚸ࿋ጠਝ
͎ढĂઠ֏͎Ą
÷ ቜ˼ᚉဥᆿᗫࠧڟ႒˅Ą
4 ᘰఖ͚აĄ
ߏ۳ᛖߢප̜ڟχ Ğͫኌʸ SD Ѓ๎͚ğ
ັݸņLOCKŇ̟ϩІᏽ͚ʙڟթᅸ 0 ᐢਸ਼
ᘰĄ͟թ̥Іᏽ͚ڟᏃᕭაĄЃَࡌϵЪІᏽ
͚˛ᏃĂ܌ϵཆཷ˞܉ઠᘰϱ ņLOCKŇ
ဇڟѝ༊Ą
٧๎Ĉ
● ޚղܢഖڟІᏽ͚ჄЪᚸ࿋ጠ˚࢙࣠ĄϵᓊඵІᏽ
͚˞܉Ăቜܘཚ֏ყఅ੦ؖ༄ኛ੦Ą
● ϵպڟІᏽ͚˞܉Ăᄯࡌဇ͚їिВ˽Ą
) 31 ࡲ *
٧๎Ĉ
˚ࡌϵᚸ࿋ጠጠڑဘʮನʣ͎֥ؖІᏽ͚Ăҏ܌
͟ᖽІᏽ͚Ă̕ڱؖਔᚸ࿋ጠഒٲᘋѿ͚ސҏ
ːЊཆĄ
ລరˎѰ
Іᏽ͚
ĞᎵᓊğ
ගᏜᏃ̅ᆬع
MasterPage: Left
GR-D650AG_CS.book Page 20 Friday, April 7, 2006 6:57 PM
20 ˛̜ ගᏜᏃ
ႄળढ
અΏᏃ
ႄળ࠘˃ڟढ͎୪ϵ
ၿගዢʰĄ ņ --- ˷Ňےΰᚸ
࿋ጠΓϵࡎ႗ढĄ໋
ढྀ֗ 2 ˷ᚘढĂݾ
ΰזਰᗗĄ
٧๎Ĉ
ϵᙷᛉጇѰ˞܉ĂઈїʮϖԏĈ
● ྫປ ) 14 ࡲ *
● ཆཷႄળ ) 19 ࡲ *
● ळጃؚպႄળ˚ڟϣĂࡎػ႗ַΰႄળ
ڟݙढ̅ࡎ႗ڟລሂݙʶ͟˚ϣĄ
VIDEO/MEMORY
˃عᑻˉૡ֙ԋ
ଶೀၿගዢַ֥ುዢ
POWER/CHARGE ጷ
ᖇݸסᓤ
պଶೀၿගዢढ ;
ቜሂ֥סುዢˑ૰ϱĄўଶೀၿගዢڟ
႒Ăഓݣઠ֏ϒఋΈĄͺ̾͟ଋᕽ 270° ) ϩʮ
90°Ăϩʰ 180° */
ᏃזƟ̥ݸᓤ
1 ֥ʮᘢᏞაĄ) 12 ࡲ *
2 ઠଶೀၿගዢశ˃ࡩݙΈĄ
3 ઠ VIDEO/MEMORY ᘰ௩༊ߏ
ņVIDEOŇĄ
4 ݸўѝػᘰʰڟᖇᓤڟϣढĂઠྫປᘰ௩
༊ߏ ņ RECŇĄ
÷ POWER/CHARGE ጷᔈ۫Ăᚸ࿋ጠʣᚸ࿋ݟጠ
ᆷŇ͎୪ϵΰዢʰĄ
ᇁВĄņ
÷ Ѓَ̾ LP ) ढ * ᇁВᏃĂ 33 ࡲĄ
5 ЃَזᏃĂቜݸʮᏃ ז0 ̥ݸᓤĄ
ᚸ࿋ढĂņ
ᚸᏃŇ͎୪ϵΰዢʰĄ
6 Ѓَ̥ᏃĂቜϔЩݸʮᏃ ז0 ̥ݸ
ᓤĄᚸ࿋ጠϔЩʣᏃݟጠᇁВĄ
˃࠘Ꮓढ
ႄળ
ႦᇁВ
ᆿລ
ढ
30 ˷
30 ˷
45 ˷
60 ˷
60 ˷
90 ˷
80 ˷
80 ˷
120 ˷
٧๎Ĉ
● ЃَᏃݟጠᇁВݻᛉ 5 ˷ᚘծ̸ԠФઈїψѤጇ
Ѱ Ğņ ᆷŇݾΰጷ͟ԠФ͎୪ğĂᚸ࿋ጠڟ
ྫປઠьᘰఖĄ࠷ࡌϔЩଂᚸ࿋ጠĂϔЩ૰ϱ
ഓ֥͎ݣುዢؖᘰʰഓݣϔΈଶೀၿගዢĄ
● ႄળʰؚᏃڟು˞ФڪΩఋ˷ढĂढሆ
˛ᔞĂሡᎮЪႄળढ͎͟୪ᎿჲĄߏᓗѻവΡ
ႍٷĂቜኧ ņૃႄળ˛ڟᏃŇ
)☞ 22 ࡲ */
● Ѓَ๑ᘰఖᅁᒐĂ 34 ࡲĄ
պ֥ುዢ ;
ቜሂסଶೀၿගዢᘰఖծᖇסĄӇϒ֥͎ು
ዢĄ
٧๎Ĉ
● ࿋˚ϣढ͎୪ϵଶೀၿගዢַ֥ುዢ˛Ą໋ଶ
ೀၿගዢΈĂծ̸֥ುዢढĂૌ̾͟Ꮅጅպ
ĄϵՁඊ˛ઠ ņ֥ುዢᏺϑŇ௩༊ߏؚᄯ
ࡌڟᇁВĄ) 34 ࡲ *
● Фિѓ۫ڟᔈ྇͟ଶೀၿගዢ֥ؖುዢĄѮ
ސĂ˚ވސᄫĄ) 48 ࡲ *
GR-D650AG_CS.book Page 21 Friday, April 7, 2006 6:57 PM
ගᏜᏃ ˛̜
21
˃عᇁВ
ᝐഐ
୰Ρ ۖ0 ૰ᄉझَĂڱؖ࿋ࡻ˃عڟᑡढ
ᝐ˽Ą
ϵїᏃؖϵᏃƟݟጠᇁВઠ࿋҉ढ଼ಾ
˃عĄ
ۖ
ϩ ņTŇྫႹഐૡ֙ԋĄ
૰ᄉ
ϩ ņWŇྫႹഐૡ֙ԋĄ
● ૌྫႹഐૡ֙ԋඹϻĂႹഐૡ֙ԋඹӤĄ
) ۖUĈᚸᄉ *
ϵїᏃؖϵᏃƟݟጠᇁВढκೇ ݸ1.3x
TELE ̾ᘰఖƟଂĄ໋ૌᎵጅʟ ņ TELE ONŇ
Ğ˃عଂğढĄ˃عᇁВݾΰጷ ņTELEŇ͎
୪Ą
10x
20x
40x
૰ᄉ )XĈᆄՏ *
10 x
ᆵЅᝐഐ
15 ࡻ ) ώደ * ᝐഐ
˃࠘ᝐഐ̨
٧๎Ĉ
● ϵᝐഐ྆ു˛Ăቡഐ͟˚ᗧסĄႍٷʮĂϵ
Ꮓݟጠڑဘʮ௩༊ᝐഐĂպ̙ቡഐᖇסഐල
) 38 ࡲ * ĂഓݣϵᏃᇁВʮؖۖ૰ᄉĄ
● ᝐഐశ˃ྀ͟ 700 ࡻĂ͟ڱؖպώደᝐഐᕽಲ
э 15 ࡻĈࡻ˃عĄ) 34 ࡲ *
● ය྆ 15 ࡻڟᝐഐࡻ˃ع྆ᆵѝ࿋୩Ӈ
ЙĂϰЪႎߏᆵѝᝐഐĄ
● ϵᆵЅᝐഐ྆ു˛Ă࿋ڟቴු֧͟Ą
● ໋ VIDEO/MEMORY ᘰ௩༊ߏ ņMEMORYŇ
ढĂ˚պᆵЅᝐഐĄ
● ໋ྫႹഐૡ֙ଜ૰ʙڢ௩༊֗ ņWŇढĂ̾͟
їӉدᚸ ĞჄدᚸဇණۖэ 5 cmğĄʶቜኧ
33 ࡲ͒ඊ˛ ڟņଖᄉ์ලŇĄ
● دᚸဇණኬۖᘢᏞढĂቜϑઠᘢᏞ૰ᄉĄЃَϵь
ဇഐᇁВʮۖĂᚸ࿋ጠ͟ळጃᚸ࿋ጠჄدᚸ
ဇණ˞ڟලᖔь૰ᄉĄ໋ ņଖᄉ์ලŇ௩༊
ߏ ņŇढ˚͎୪ႍ୪ණĄ) 33 ࡲ *
● ͫФϵ VIDEO/MEMORY ᘰ௩༊ߏ ņ VIDEOŇ
ढ˗͟Ą
● Ꮧ̥࿋ ̾ސ4:3 ᇁВᏃڟĄͺ࢈˚պ 16:9
ᇁВᏃĄ
دᚸ
ϵޚղٷʮĂ˚ϣڟ
دᚸՏ͟ݙ୰Ρԁ͑
ΡڟझَĄઠᚸ࿋ጠ
۳ݻϵ୩๑ڟѝ༊Ăծ
ઠଶೀၿගዢชଇэశ
̟̟ڟۯϩĄͺ̾͟ଋ
ᕽ 270° ) ϩʮ 90°Ăϩ
ʰ 180° *Ą
ߨدᚸ
ૌدᚸڟʡ̾͟ϵ
LCD ၿගዢʰՎь
ˏĂૌߥэ̾͟ϵدᚸ
ૌьˏϣढϵ LCD ၿග
ዢʰՎьˏގڟ࿋Ą
1) Έ LCD ၿගዢծઠ
˞ʰชଇ 180° պ˞
ϩ܉ĄഓݣĂӇϒΈ
֥ುዢĄ
2) ઠᘢᏞݾϩدᚸဇණ
Ğ໋دᚸьˏढݾϩь
ˏğծזᏃĄ
● ϵїߨدᚸढĂϵ
ၿගዢʰ͎୪ގڟ࿋ސ
࿋ᘢ˅ըڟʙᆺ;͡ࢇ༊ڟĄѮސĂဂᄬᏃڟ
ގ࿋ސԠФ;͡ࢇ༊ڟĄ
● ЃَϵїߨدᚸढպӤఀᐮග) 22ࡲ*Ă
LCD ၿගዢઠᘰఖĄϵٷʮĂቜϵ֥ುዢ
ᐮޥᏃഫĄϵٷʮĂቜϵ֥ುዢᐮޥᏃ
ഫĄ
ගᏜᏃ̅ᆬع
٧๎Ĉ
1x
MasterPage: Left
GR-D650AG_CS.book Page 22 Friday, April 7, 2006 6:57 PM
22 ˛̜ ගᏜᏃ
ढሆ
Ӥఀޥ
ϵᏃ྆ു˛ĂढሆᏃϵႄળʰĄϵᆬع
྆ു˛Ăढሆ̾͟ሂסႄળʰؚᏃುϵѝ
༊Ą
ૌ̾͟ޥʰʙЩᏃڟൖӎĄ
1) ϵᏃݟጠᇁВ˛ݸʮ QUICK REVIEWĄ
2) ႄળࢇϱಁࠌᚘഓݣьᆬعĂഓݣᚸ࿋ጠ
ᆷϵᏃݟጠᇁВ˛ʮЩدᚸĄ
ΰ
÷ ϵזᆬعᔈ͟ФͶĄސΓલ୪ණĄ
˷
ࠌ
౿+
)36 ౿ > 2 ࠌ *
12 : 34 : 24
* ϵᏃ྆ു˛Ăᘞऱ˚ΰĄ
ЃَᏃૃڪΩఋ˷זĂढሆૃ
ņ00:00:00Ň) ˷ĈࠌĈ౿ * ࡎז႗ĄЃَૃϑ
ؚ܉ᏃುڟൖԂזᏃĂ܌ढሆૃʰ
ЩڟढሆᆵάᙷᛉĄЃَᏃ྆ു˛ႄળ˛
ФڪΩఋ˷Ă܌ढሆ˛ᔞĄᏃݮಈढĂढ
ሆϔЩૃ ņ00:00:00Ňᙷזᛉࡎ႗Ą๎֨
ᚸ࿋ጠ͟ᏃჄˑФڟϑؚ܉Ꮓڟುߺ
ϣڟढሆĄߏթ̥ႍڟٷവΡĂઈї̾ʮ
ૃڟ˛ٷႄળ˛ڟᏃ ) 22 ࡲ *ć
● ϵᆬعˑᏃڟႄળݣϔЩدᚸढĄ
● ϵدᚸ྆ു˛ᘰጠढĄ
● ϵدᚸ྆ു˛ႄળ֥͎ծࡧನʣढĄ
● ϵպːఋϋᏃڟႄળدᚸढĄ
● ϵႄળʰѝ˛ػڪڟΩఋ˷دᚸढĄ
● ϵدᚸޚʙುഓݣΈ 0 ᘰఖႄળა˞ݣϔЩ
دᚸढĄ
٧๎Ĉ
● ढሆ˚ಈѝĄ
● ϵӤַࢇળ྆ു˛Ăढሆݾΰ˚ᗧᝐ˽Ą
● ढሆͫФϵ ņढሆŇ௩༊ߏ ņŇढ˗
ΰĄ) 35 ࡲ *
ૃႄળ˛ڟᏃ
1) ᆬعႄળؖպڪΩᐮষ ) 23 ࡲ * ޥӲૌ
ӔଖזᏃڟᔈĂഓݣʣᏗ̥ᆬعᇁВĄ
) 23 ࡲ *
2) ݸўѝػᘰʰڟᖇݸסᓤڟϣढઠྫປᘰ
௩༊ߏ ņ RECŇĂഓݣזᏃĄ
MasterPage: Video_Heading0_Right
GR-D650AG_CS.book Page 23 Friday, April 7, 2006 6:57 PM
ගᏜᆬ̜˛ ع
23
Ӥఀষ
¡
6
1
VOL. +/–
ᖇݸסᓤ
ᒐዢ
VIDEO/
MEMORY
MENU
7
1 ཆཷႄળĄ) 19 ࡲ *
2 ઠ VIDEO/MEMORY ᘰ௩༊ߏ
ϵගᏜᆬ˛ു྆عĂ̾͟ᖖϩїఀষĄ
1) ϵᆬ˛ു྆عĂݸʮ ¡ ϩ܉ষĂݸؖʮ
1 ϩݣষĄ
2) ЃَݮಈΓલᆬعĂݸʮ 6Ą
÷ ϵᆬ˛ു྆عĂݸʮծݸў ¡ ؖ1Ąͫࡌૌݸ
ўݸᓤĂষݻᛉїĄʙૌ٘ݸᓤĂݮ܌
ಈΓલᆬعĄ
÷ ϵӤఀষ྆ു˛Ăΰʰ͎୪ᄆ์ڟሆᓉѺझ
َĄ˚ވސᄫĄ
ᚌҙĈ
ϵӤఀষ྆ു˛Ă࿋ڟ
ޚղఋ˷͟ഒ଼ٲĂ५
ѿސϵݎဍ;ڟĄ
ņVIDEOŇĄ
3 ݸўѝػᘰʰڟᖇݸסᓤڟϣढĂઠྫປ
ᘰ௩༊ߏ ņPLAYŇĄ
4 ЃَזᆬعĂݸʮ 6Ą
5 Ѓَ̥ᆬعĂݸʮ 7Ą
÷ ϵ̥ᇁВʮĂݸʮ 1 ࢇળĂ ¡ ڱؖӤႄ
ળĄ
ૡ֙ᒐ˽ዢුࡱڟ
ϩ ņ+ŇྫႹഐૡ֙ԋ )VOL. +/–* ቡࡱ
ුĂؖϩ ņ–ŇቡѳࡱුĄ
٧๎Ĉ
● ᆬڟع࿋̾͟ϵଶೀၿගዢă֥ುዢؖྫڟ
ගʰណĄ) 24 ࡲ *
● Ѓَպྫбռྫढ۳̥ݻᇁВ 5 ˷ᚘĂ܌ᚸ࿋
ጠьᘰጠĄЃَϔЩጠĂઠྫປᘰ௩༊ߏ
ņOFFŇĂഓݣ௩э ņPLAYŇĄ
● ໋ྫសჄ AV ʿढĂᒐዢ˛˚֗ᒐࡱĄ
Ꮧ̥ᆬع
ϵගᏜᆬ˛ു྆عᆷĄ
1) ϵᆬݸ˛ു྆عʮ 6Ą
2) ЃَݮಈΓલᆬعĂϔݸЩʮ 6Ą
÷ ЃَᏗ̥ᆬݻعᛉ࠘ 3 ˷ᚘ̾ʰĂ܌ᚸ࿋ጠь
ʣ̥ᇁВĄ
ڪΩষ
ᐓ҅ૌӲ֗ʟႄળ˛ᐖ໋זᏃڟѝ༊Ăթ
̥ढሆ˛ᔞĄ) 22 ࡲ *
1 ཆཷႄળĄ) 19 ࡲ *
2 ઠ VIDEO/MEMORY ᘰ௩༊ߏ
ņVIDEOŇĄ
3 ݸўѝػᘰʰڟᖇݸסᓤڟϣढĂઠྫປ
ᘰ௩༊ߏ ņ PLAYŇĄ
4 ݸʮ BLANKĄ
÷ņڪΩষŇݾΰ͎୪Ăᚸ࿋ጠьݣזϩ܉ؖ
ϩষĂഓݣϵؚᐮഁ֗ڪڟΩఋ˷˞ ࠘܉3 ࠌᚘ
̥Ą
÷ Ѓَ˛ఊ֥॑ڪΩষĂݸʮ 7 ؖBLANKĄ
٧๎Ĉ
● ϵڪזΩষ˞܉ĂЃَ໋܉ѝ༊ڪސΩఋ˷Ă
܌ᚸ࿋ጠϩݣষĄЃَ໋܉ѝ༊ސϵˑᏃڟ
ఋ˷Ă܌ᚸ࿋ጠϩ܉ষĄ
● ЃَڪΩষ྆ു˛ྀ֗ႄળڟਔזؖൖԂĂ
܌ᚸ࿋ጠь̥Ą
● ഻ ػ5 ࠌᚘڪڟΩఋ˷͟ഒٲᐮഁ֗Ą
● ᐮഁ֗ڪڟΩఋ˷͟ѝػᏃڟು˞Ąϵ
ૌזᏃ˞܉ĂቜሂڪסΩఋ˷˞ݣԠФᏃ
ڟುĄ
ගᏜᏃ̅ᆬع
Γલᆬع
MasterPage: Left
GR-D650AG_CS.book Page 24 Friday, April 7, 2006 6:57 PM
24 ˛̜ ගᏜᆬع
1 ቜሂؚסФ௩రˑᘰఖĄ
2 ັݸཌؚΰઠᚸ࿋ጠჄྫගጠؖᏃ࿋ጠ
эྫගؖᏃ࿋ጠ
Ą
ЃَպᏃ࿋ጠĂઈї 3 ԏĄ
ҏ܌Ăઈї 4 ԏĄ
э S ʿ
3 ኧૌڟᏃ࿋ጠڟպჳقपĂઠᏃ࿋ጠᎯ͎
ჄྫගᎯʣĄ
4 ଂᚸ࿋ጠăᏃ࿋ጠַྫගĄ
5 ઠᏃ࿋ጠ௩༊ߏ AUX ᎯʣᇁВĂծઠྫග௩༊
ߏගᏜᇁВĄ
э AV ʿ
6 ϵᚸ࿋ጠʰזᆬعĄ) 23 ࡲ *
ЃَᎵጅ̾ʮΰސҏ͎୪ϵؚྫڟගʰ
ࡱᏜƟගᏜྫស
) ಪռ *
S ྫស
) Ꮅᓊ *
● ̠ೈƟढ
௩༊ ņ̠ೈƟढΰŇߏ ņŇ ؖņᘰŇĄ
) 32Ă 36 ࡲ *
ڱؖĂݸʮᄍૡዢʰ ڟDISPLAY ଂƟᘰఖ̠ೈ
ݾΰĄ
● ढሆ
௩༊ ņढሆŇߏ ņŇ ؖņᘰŇĄ
) 32Ă 36 ࡲ *
● ਸ਼̠ೈ 0 ढַढሡሆ̾ʹݾڟΰ
௩༊ ņΰ˸ಲŇߏ ņᘰŇăņLCDŇ ؖņLCD/
TVŇĄ) 32Ă 36 ࡲ *
٧๎Ĉ
Ꮓ࿋ጠ
ྫග
1กѓэ VIDEO INĞ໋ૌྫڟගƟᏃ࿋ጠФ A/V
ᎯʣʿढĄ*
2ࠔѓэ AUDIO R IN*
3Ωѓэ AUDIO L IN*
4э S-VIDEO IN )໋ૌྫڟගƟᏃ࿋ጠƟعႅጠ
ͫФ A/V ᎯʣʿढĄϵႍٷʮĂഒ
ᄯกѓڟගᏜྫសĄ*
* ͫណᏗ̥࿋ढ˚ᄯࡌĄ
٧๎Ĉ
S ගᏜྫសސᎵጅؒڟĄቜਜ਼Άպ YTU94146A ڟ
S ගᏜྫសĄቜܘཚ͓ཆ˱ ڟסݾJVC وਜ਼˛̖Фᘰ
ᓊඵĄሂ۳պሣ྆ۉᔮዢ֏Α႒эັߺ
ጠĄሣ྆ۉᔮዢ̾͟ѳ˓ᔙĄ
● ݚᚊպκྫປኌዢѰߏྫປĂф˚ࡌྫ
бĄ) 15 ࡲ *
● Ѓَϵ˚ನʣႄળڟٷʮၿૡվьᚸ࿋ጠڟ࿋
ַᒐࡱĂ܌ઠᚸ࿋ጠྫڟປᘰ௩༊ߏ ņRECŇĂ
ഓݣઠૌྫڟග௩༊ߏߺᐖڟᎯʣᇁВĄ
● ቜሂסઠྫගුࡱڟቡэశѳĂթ̥ᚸ࿋ጠጠ
ढࠏഓᗖവ͎ᒐࡱĄ
GR-D650AG_CS.book Page 25 Friday, April 7, 2006 6:57 PM
ගᏜᆬ̜˛ ع
պᄍૡዢїᆬع
ַૌᏃ࿋ጠڟઅΏጇѰ Ğᆬعḁ̆ăᆷăӤ
ַࢇળğʙᆺĂϒ͒ᄍૡዢ̾͟ૃᄉጇѰ
Ъᚸ࿋ጠĄૌᓙ̾͟ї֏͂ᆬ͒عĄ
) 26 ࡲ *
Њཆྫб
2
1
2 ઠྫбನʣྫбࣴ˱Ă
ࡌሂ۳Վྫбʰڟ
ņ+ŇᆿĄ
13
ᖇ̰
3 ઠྫбࣴನϱᄍૡዢĂ
ώԂФझ Ğ݉˱պğ
պᄍૡዢढĂቜሂסဇ
ລᄍૡ๐ᐖዢĄ݉˱պ
ढവώԂڟФझලᖔ˃
࠘ߏ 5 mĄ
1ࠔʹώԂവʿ
● വώԂ۬༴Ą
;ᓤ ) 26 ࡲ *
5 INSERT ᓤ ) 46 ࡲ *
6 SHIFT ᓤ ) 26 ࡲ *
7 DISPLAY ᓤ ) 24Ă 43 ࡲ *
8 SLOW ܉ᓤ ) 26 ࡲ *
9 PLAY ᓤ
● זᆬعႄળ ) 23 ࡲ *
● זьᆬعІᏽ͚˛ڟ࿋ ) 28 ࡲ *
● ႄળʰڟϩ܉ 0 ܉Ӥఀষ ) 23 ࡲ *
● ΰІᏽ͚˛ڟʮʙ̜χ ) 23 ࡲ *
͡ᓤ ) 26 ࡲ *
" A. DUB ᓤ ) 46 ࡲ *
# STOP ᓤ
● ̥ႄળ ) 23 ࡲ *
● ̥ьᆬ ) ع 23 ࡲ *
٧๎Ĉ
ݸᓤ̅͒
ቡᓤ ) 26 ࡲ *
3 SLOW ࢇળᓤ ) 26 ࡲ *
4 REW ᓤ
! FF ĞӤğᓤ
֗ڢૌՎ ņ͚╥ŇʙᒐĄ
ᄍૡ๐ᐖዢڢᆸᛩϵ෨ώ
઼ؖώʮढĂവώԂ͟
ഒझؖ̕ਔ˚ΓሂڟጇѰĄ
● ᆷႄળ ) 26 ࡲ *
ᄍૡዢᐖዢ
ቡѳᓤ ) 26 ࡲ *
$ EFFECT ᓤ ) 26 ࡲ *
% EFFECT ON/OFF ᓤ ) 26 ࡲ *
໋ᚸ࿋ጠྫڟປᘰ௩༊ ņRECŇढĂ̾ʮڟ
ݸᓤ̾͟պĄ
&ᝐഐ ĞT/Wğᓤ
ۖƟ૰ᄉ ) 21Ă26 ࡲ *
Ğઠྫປᘰ௩༊ߏ ņ PLAYŇढʶ͟їğ
( START/STOP ᓤ
͒Ⴤᚸ࿋ጠʰڟᏃ ז0 ̥ᓤߺϣĄ
) S.SHOT ᓤ
͒Ⴤᚸ࿋ጠʰ ڟSNAPSHOT ߺϣĄ
Ğઠྫປᘰ௩༊ߏ ņ PLAYŇढʶ͟їğ
ගᏜᏃ̅ᆬع
͎ࣴվĄ
ͫФϵᚸ࿋ጠྫڟປᘰ௩༊ߏ ņ PLAYŇढĂ
̾ʮݸڟᓤ˗̾͟պĄ
2 PAUSE ᓤ
● ႄળʰݣڟਝ 0 ̆ϩӤఀষ ) 23 ࡲ *
● ΰІᏽ͚˛ڟʰʙ̜χ ) 28 ࡲ *
ᄍૡዢպʙีኤྫбĄ
)CR2025*Ą
1 ྆ᐆʮᖇ̰Ăઠྫб
25
MasterPage: Left
GR-D650AG_CS.book Page 26 Friday, April 7, 2006 6:57 PM
26 ˛̜ ගᏜᆬع
.
ဇഐ (T/W)
SLOW ( )
PLAY
( ;)
SHIFT
PAUSE ؖ
( ቡ )
SLOW ( )
(͡)
STOP ؖ
( ቡѳ )
ယѰᆬع
ϵΓલගᏜᆬ˛ു྆عĂݸʮ SLOW Ğ
ğ࠘ 2 ࠌᚘ̾ʰĄ
ؖ
● ˃࠘ 10 ˷ᚘ˞ݣĂݮಈΓલڟᆬعĄ
● ЃَᆷယѰᆬعĂݸʮ PAUSE )8*Ą
● Ѓَ̥ယѰᆬعĂݸʮ PLAY ) 3*Ą
٧๎Ĉ
● ݸʮ SLOW Ğ
ؖ
ğය྆࠘ 2 ࠌᚘĂૌᓙ͟
̾ૃᏗ̥ᆬعʣယѰᆬعĄ
● ϵယѰᆬ˛ു྆عĂΥʸۛᆵЅ࿋୩Ă
࿋͟ФᓉѺझَĄ
● ݸʮծݸў SLOW Ğ
ؖ
ğݣĂᏗ̥࿋͟
ΰಁࠌᚘĂഓ͎ݣ୪ಁࠌᚘᕢݎĄ˚ވސ
ᄫĄ
● ϵယѰᆬ˛ു྆عĂගᏜઠФ˓ᔙĂ࿋͟
ਔվ˚ᗧסĂ५ѿސᗧڟס࿋Ą˚ވސᄫĄ
ం౿ᆬع
ϵΓલᆬؖعᏗ̥ᆬ˛ു྆عĂࡧቒݸʮ SLOW
Ğ ğ܉Ăࡧؖቒݸʮ SLOW Ğ ğݣਝĄ
ԐЩݸʮ SLOW Ğ
ؖğĂ౿ᆬعĄ
ᆬعᝐഐ
ϵගᏜᆬ ̅عD.S.C. ᆬ˛ു྆عĂ͟Ꮝढઠؚ
Ꮓڟ࿋֗˃عశϻ 47 ࡻĄ
1) ݸʮ PLAY Ğ3ğזගᏜᆬ
عĄڱؖઈї࿋ڟΓલᆬعĄ
2) ϵѱӔଖڟۖᔈĂݸʮᝐഐ
ᓤ ĞTğĄ
÷ Ѓَ૰ᄉĂݸʮᝐഐᓤ ĞWğĄ
3) ૌ̾͟ϵݎဍʰ࿋Ăޥ
Ӳ࿋ڟ५סఋ˷Ąݸў SHIFT
ढĂݸʮ Ğ;ğă Ğ͡ğă
Ğʰğַ ĞʮğĄ
÷ Ѓَத̥ᝐഐĂݸʮծݸў W ڢ
эࡻ˃عەϱΓલĄڱؖĂϵගᏜᆬ˛ു྆عĂ
ݸʮ STOP Ğ7ğഓݣϔݸʮ PLAY Ğ3ğĄ
÷ ࠷ࡌϵ D.S.C. ᆬعढ֥॑˃عĂ ݸPLAY Ğ 3ğĄ
٧๎Ĉ
● ϵယѰᆬַعᏗ̥ᆬ˛ു྆عĂʶ̾͟պᝐ
ഐĄ
● ΥʸۛᆵЅ࿋୩Ă࿋ڟቴු֧͟Ą
ᆬع५झ
ૌ̾͟ϵගᏜᆬع࿋˛͑ʣझَĄ
༄ྫᆇĈ൝ؚᏃڟುᏜਰڟझَĄ
ฃΩѓቡ ౷࿋༄ڟฃΩྫᆇʙᆺĂૌڟ
ሲ̰ʶ̾͟دᚸߏฃΩ̰Ą
ቑѓቡĈᏃڟುФᕟ࿋̰ʙᆺڟቑѓ
ѓቡĄ
ᏜਰĈૌڟᏃ౷࿋ʙՁϖᛉڟᑡ࿋Ą
1) Ѓَזᆬ
EFFECT ON/OFF
عĂݸʮ
EFFECT
PLAY Ğ3ğĄ
2) ݸʮ
EFFECTĄع
࿋झَᎵጅඊ͎୪Ą
3) ࡧቒݸʮ EFFECT ͑۫ନэᄯࡌڟझَĄ
÷ ؚᎵጅ͒ڟଂĂ2 ࠌᚘݣඊ॑ͶĄ
÷ ЃَᘰఖؚᎵጅڟझَĂݸʮ EFFECT ON/OFFĄ
ЃَࡧଂؚᎵጅڟझَĂϔЩݸʮ EFFECT
ON/OFFĄ
ЃَӽᝐؚᎵጅڟझَĂቜૃ̾ʰڟ 2 ԏז
ࡧቒĄ
ᆵЅᏗ࿋ັߺጠ ĞD.S.C.ğᏃ̅ᆬع
MasterPage: Video_Heading0_Right
GR-D650AG_CS.book Page 27 Friday, April 7, 2006 6:57 PM
D.S.C. Ꮓ ˛̜
ૌ̾͟ઠૌڟᚸ࿋ጠѰߏᆵЅᏗ࿋ັߺጠպĂ
̾دᚸᑡ࿋ĄᏗ̥࿋۳ІϵІᏽ͚˛Ą
٧๎Ĉ
ϵᙷᛉጇѰ˞܉ĂઈїʮϖԏĈ
● ྫປ ) 14 ࡲ *
● ཆཷІᏽ͚ ) 19 ࡲ *
SNAPSHOT
ྫປᘰ
VIDEO/
MEMORY
ᖇݸסᓤ
1 ֥ʮᘢᏞაĄ
2 ઠଶೀၿගዢశ˃ࡩݙϴΈĄ) 20 ࡲ *
3 ઠ VIDEO/MEMORY ᘰ௩༊ߏ
ņMEMORYŇ/
4 ݸўѝʸᘰʰڟᖇݸסᓤڟϣढĂઠྫປ
ᘰ௩༊ߏ ņRECŇĄ
÷ Ѓَӽᝐ࿋̏ˈַƟؖ࿋ቴුĄ 32
ࡲĂ 35 ࡲ /
5 ݸʮ SNAPSHOTĄدᚸᑡ࿋ढĂņັ̰Ňݾ
ΰ͎୪Ą
÷ Ѓَ҂ਸ਼˚ᄯࡌڟᏗ̥࿋ĂቜኧĄņ҂ਸ਼
̜χŇ) 30 ࡲ *
÷ ˚๑֗Ӥ۞ᒐढĂઠ ņࡱᛪಪΰŇэ ņᘰŇĄ
) 32Ă34 ࡲ *
٧๎Ĉ
໋ྫປᘰ௩༊ߏ ņRECŇ̸պྫбռྫढĂ
Ѓَ࠘ 6 ˷ᚘ˱˚їدᚸĂ܌ᚸ࿋ጠьᘰጠ̾
۳ІුĄЃَϔЩїدᚸĂ૰ϱծϔЩ֥͎
ುዢؖᘰఖծϔЩΈଶೀၿගዢĄ
ؚ۳І࿋࠘˃ڟᆵු
÷ ཎᆵЅळ⃛࿋ቴුƟ࿋̏ˈᅨ͑ؖ̍Ą
࿋̏ˈƟ࿋ቴු
SD Ѓ๎͚ *
8 MB 16 MB 32 MB 64 MB
640 x 480 ƟႠ
47
95
205
640 x 480 Ɵᆿລ
160
295
625 1285
1024 x 768 ƟႠ
21
47
95
1024 x 768 Ɵᆿລ
65
145
310
640
1280 x 960 ƟႠ
13
29
60
125
1280 x 960 Ɵᆿລ
45
95
205
425
࿋̏ˈƟ࿋ቴු
425
200
ϻ౬͚ *
8 MB
16 MB 32 MB
640 x 480 ƟႠ
55
105
640 x 480 Ɵᆿລ
190
320
645
1024 x 768 ƟႠ
25
50
100
1024 x 768 Ɵᆿລ
75
160
320
1280 x 960 ƟႠ
16
32
60
1280 x 960 Ɵᆿລ
50
105
216
* Ꮅᓊ
215
ᆵЅᏗ࿋ັߺጠ ĞD.S.C.ğᏃ̅ᆬع
અΏدᚸ ĞD.S.C. ᑡ࿋ğ
27
MasterPage: Left
GR-D650AG_CS.book Page 28 Friday, April 7, 2006 6:57 PM
28 ˛̜ D.S.C. ᆬع
Γલᆬع࿋
̜χষ̕ᆬع
պᚸ࿋ጠدᚸڟ࿋ьሡ༴Ăഓັݸݣ
ᆵЅӕ۳ІϵІᏽ͚˛Ąૌ̾͟ంᔲᛔ
۳Іڟ࿋Ă౷࿋ᕚኧߺ͋ʙᆺĄ
1
6
2
ᖇݸסᓤ
ྫປᘰ
VIDEO/
MEMORY
7
ૌ̾͟ʙЩᔲᛔ۳ІϵІᏽ͚˛ڟಁ˚ϣ̜ڟ
χĄཎᔲᛔ͒ۯʸޥӲૌؚᄯࡌڟ५̜סχĄ
1 ઈї ņΓલᆬع࿋Ň 1 ԏэ 3 ԏĄ
Ğ;ᚽĄğ
2 ݸʮ INDEXĄষ̕ഫ ؚᎵጅ̜ڟχ
͎୪Ą
3
2
1
3 ݸʮ 4ă3ă1 ؖ2
ᘞऱэؚᄯ̜χĄ
4
5
6
4 ݸʮ SETĄؚᎵጅڟ
8
9
7
̜χΰĄ
MENU
1 ཆཷІᏽ͚Ą) 19 ࡲ *
2 ઠ VIDEO/MEMORY ᘰ௩༊ߏ
ņMEMORYŇĄ
ষ̕ሡ༴
͞ਸ਼˂ݎဍʰڟΰ
3 ݸўѝʸᘰʰڟᖇݸסᓤڟϣढĂઠྫປ 1 ઈї ņΓલᆬع࿋Ň 1 ԏэ 3 ԏĄ
ᘰ௩༊ ņPLAYŇĄ
Ğ;ᚽĄğ
÷ ʙ౽ːІᏽڟ࿋ΰ͎վĄ
4 ݸʮ 1 ̾ΰʰʙ̜χĄݸʮ 2 ̾ΰʮ 2 ݸʮ MENUĄඊഫ͎୪Ą
3 ݸʮ 4ă3ă1 ؖ2 Ꮅጅ ņΰ˸ಲŇծݸʮ
ʙ̜χĄ
SETĄ˅ඊ͎୪Ą
٧๎Ĉ
֏͂ཆ༊دᚸծІᏽϵ͚ʰڟ࿋ĂЃَ˷Ꮁ
˚ ސņ640 x 480Ňַ ņ 1024 x 768ŇĂͫ܌ΰ
͎ᑻୱĄղᑻୱ࿋˚จਚ֗ PC ʰĄ
ᆬعᝐഐ
ͫ͟պᄍૡዢဂ୪Ą) 26 ࡲ *
4 ݸʮ 4 ؖ3 Ꮅጅ ņᘰŇַ ݸSET ؖ2Ăഓݣ
ݸMENUĄጇѰᇁВݾΰጷַ̜χҶƟ̜χ༴ሆ
॑ͶĄ
÷ ЃَϔЩΰݾΰጷĂᎵጅ ņŇĄ
̜χҶƟ̜χᆵ
ьᆬع࿋
ૌ̾͟ьᕚІᏽ͚˛۳ІؚڟФ࿋Ą
1 ઈї ņΓલᆬع࿋Ň 1 ԏэ 3 ԏĄ
2 ݸʮ 6 זьᆬعĄ
÷ Ѓَૌϵьᆬݸ˛ു྆عʮ 1 ̜χ̾ᄎЩӕ
ΰĄ
÷ Ѓَૌϵьᆬݸ˛ു྆عʮ 2 ̜χ̾ᄎ̀Щӕ
ΰĄ
3 Ѓَத̥ьᆬعĂݸʮ 7Ą
ጇѰྫුݾΰጷ
MasterPage: Video_Heading0_Right
GR-D650AG_CS.book Page 29 Friday, April 7, 2006 6:57 PM
ԁϻ ڟD.S.C. ͒ ˛̜
ࡧ௩༊̜χϪ
ࡧ௩༊̜χϪ˞ݣĂઠΡЙʙ̜ڟχҶĄ
ૌࡌყѰڟ̜χઠ۳Іϵ̜ڟχҶ˛Ąઠ
̜χჄ̾܉ყѰ̜ڟχ˷վؾ࣠ݞĄ
1 ઈїņΓલᆬع࿋Ň) 28 ࡲ * 1 ԏэ
3 ԏĄ
2 ݸʮ MENUĄඊഫ͎୪Ą
3 ݸʮ 4ă 3ă1
ؖ2 Ꮅጅ ņӕ༴ࡧ༊Ňծݸʮ
SETĄӕ༴ࡧ༊ഫ͎୪Ą
29
۳ᛖ۳ІϵІᏽ͚˛ؚڟФ̜χ
4 ݸʮ 4 ؖ3 Ꮅጅ ņ۳ᛖϒఋ˱࣠Ňծݸʮ
SET ؖ2Ą۳ᛖഫ͎୪Ą
5 ݸʮ 4 ؖ3 Ꮅጅ ņݮಈŇծݸʮ SETĄ
÷ Ѓَ֥॑۳ᛖĂᎵጅ ņەϱŇĄ
٧๎Ĉ
● Ѓَ ņ
Ňᆿ͎୪Ă܉໋܌ΰ̜ڟχ۳
ᛖĄ
● ЃَІᏽ͚ؖ˽זۑᖽĂ҉պ۳ᛖ̜ڟ
χʶ҂ਸ਼ĄЃَૌ˚๑εͶࡧࡌ̜χĂ܌ઠͺ
࢈จਚ֗ PC ʰ۳ІĄ
4 ݸʮ 4 ؖ3 Ꮅጅ ņݮಈŇծݸʮ SETĄઠ ͞ਸ਼۳ᛖ
ΡЙʙ̜χҶ ĞսЃ ņ101JVCGRŇğĂծ
Ѓَ̜χϪྀ֗ DVC09999ĂઠΡЙ̜ڟχҶ
ĞսЃ ņ101JVCGRŇğĂծ̸̜χϪઠϔЩૃ
DVC00001 זĄ
۳ᛖ̜χ
۳ᛖᇁВ̾͟թ̥̜χʹ๎ڟᐢਸ਼Ą
1 ઈїņΓલᆬع࿋Ň) 28 ࡲ * 1 ԏэ
3 ԏĄ
2 ݸʮ MENUĄඊഫ͎୪Ą
3 ݸʮ 4ă3 ă1 ؖ2 Ꮅጅ ņ۳ᛖŇծݸʮ
ϵઈї̾ʮጇѰ˞܉Ăϑઈї ņ۳ᛖ̜χҲڟ
1 ԏэ 3 ԏĄ
͞ਸ਼໋܉ΰ̜χڟ۳ᛖ
4 ݸʮ 4 ؖ3 Ꮅጅ ņ҂
ਸ਼໋࣠˱܉Ňծݸʮ SET
ؖ2Ą۳ᛖഫ͎୪Ą
5 ݸʮ 1 ؖ2 Ꮅጅڟࡌؚ
̜χĄ
6 ݸʮ 4 ؖ3 Ꮅጅ ņݮ
ಈŇծݸʮ SETĄ
÷ Ѓَ֥॑۳ᛖĂᎵጅ ņەϱŇĄ
÷ ࡧቒ 5 ԏַ 6 ԏᎵጅᄯࡌ͞ਸ਼۳ᛖؚڟФ̜
χĄ
SETĄ۳ᛖඊ͎୪Ą
͞ਸ਼۳ІϵІᏽ͚˛ؚФ̜χڟ۳ᛖ
۳ᛖ໋܉ΰ̜ڟχ
4 ݸʮ 4 ؖ3 Ꮅጅ ņ҂
ਸ਼໋࣠˱܉Ňծݸʮ SET
ؖ2Ą۳ᛖഫ͎୪Ą
4 ݸʮ 4 ؖ3 Ꮅጅņ֥॑۳ᛖŇծݸʮ SET ؖ
5 ݸʮ 1 ؖ2 Ꮅጅڟࡌؚ
̜χĄ
6 ݸʮ 4 ؖ3 Ꮅጅ ņݮ
ಈŇծݸʮ SETĄ
÷ Ѓَ֥॑۳ᛖĂᎵጅ ņە
ϱŇĄ
÷ ࡧቒ 5 ԏַ 6 ԏᎵጅ
ᄯࡌ۳ᛖؚڟФ̜χĄ
2Ą۳ᛖഫ͎୪Ą
5 ݸʮ 4 ؖ3 Ꮅጅ ņݮಈŇծݸʮ SETĄ
÷ Ѓَ֥॑۳ᛖĂᎵጅ ņەϱŇĄ
ᆵЅᏗ࿋ັߺጠ ĞD.S.C.ğᏃ̅ᆬع
̸ʮʙЩدᚸ̜ڟχϪૃ DVC00001 זĄ
٧๎Ĉ
MasterPage: Left
GR-D650AG_CS.book Page 30 Friday, April 7, 2006 6:57 PM
30 ˛̜ ԁϻ ڟD.S.C. ͒
҂ਸ਼̜χ
ϑ܉۳І̜ڟχ̾͟ʙ҂ਸ਼Ăʶ̾͟ʙЩϒ
ఋ҂ਸ਼Ą
1 ઈїņΓલᆬع࿋Ň) 28 ࡲ * 1 ԏэ
3 ԏĄ
2 ݸʮ MENUĄඊഫ͎୪Ą
3 ݸʮ 4ă 3ă1
ؖ2 Ꮅጅ ņ҂ਸ਼Ňծݸʮ
SETĄ˅ඊ͎୪Ą
҂ਸ਼໋܉ΰ̜ڟχ
4 ݸʮ 4 ؖ3 Ꮅጅ ņ҂
ਸ਼໋࣠˱܉Ňծݸʮ SET
ؖ2Ą҂ਸ਼ഫ͎୪Ą
ЃَૌઠЃʮؚΰ௩༊ڟІᏽ͚ཆཷʣჄि࢙࣠
ڟΈϟጠĂؚᎵጅڟᏗ̥࿋ઠьΈϟĄ
2 ݸʮ MENUĄඊഫ͎୪Ą
3 ݸʮ 4ă3ă1 ؖ2 Ꮅ
ಈŇծݸʮ SETĄ
ጅ ņिŇծݸʮ SETĄ
िഫ͎୪Ą
÷ Ѓَ֥॑۳ᛖĂᎵጅ ņە
ϱŇĄ
÷ ࡧቒ 5 ԏַ 6 ԏᎵጅ
ؚФᄯࡌ҂ਸ਼̜ڟχĄ
٧๎Ĉ
Ѓَ ņ
Ňᆿ͎୪Ăؚ܌Ꮅጅ̜ڟχ۳ᛖĂ
ഒٲ҂ਸ਼Ą
҂ਸ਼۳ІϵІᏽ͚˛ؚڟФ̜χ
4 ݸʮ 4 ؖ3 Ꮅጅ ņ҂ਸ਼ϒఋ˱࣠Ňծݸʮ
SET ؖ2/ ҂ਸ਼ഫ͎୪Ą
SETĄ
٧๎Ĉ
● ˚҂ਸ਼۳ᛖ̜ڟχ ) 29 ࡲ *ĄЃَࡌઠ֏
҂ਸ਼Ăϑ͞ਸ਼۳ᛖĄ
● ʙ̜χ҂ਸ਼Ă҉˚ݮಈĄϵ҂ਸ਼˞܉ϑᐮޥ
̜χĄ
ᚌҙĈ
٧๎Ĉ
1 ઈїņΓલᆬع࿋Ň) 28 ࡲ * 1 ԏэ
3 ԏĄ
6 ݸʮ 4 ؖ3 Ꮅጅ ņݮ
÷ Ѓَ֥॑۳ᛖĂᎵጅ ņەϱŇĄ
Ώᚸ࿋ጠஒϫि ĞᆵЅΈϟӕिВğᆿລĂ
̾ݻ̛ۯΐվڟՁ ĞսЃьΈϟğĄૌ̾͟
ᎵጅІᏽ͚˛۳І࿋֍ڟႍΈϟ۬ऀ௩༊˞
ʙĈņΈϟؚФᏗ̥࿋ ĞʙЩΈϟʙ
ğŇؖņᎵጅᏗ̥࿋̅ΈϟᆵුΈϟŇĄ
ΈϟؚФᏗ̥࿋ ĞʙЩΈϟʙğ
5 ݸʮ 1 ؖ2 Ꮅጅڟࡌؚ
̜χĄ
5 ݸʮ 4 ؖ3 Ꮅጅ ņݮಈŇծݸʮ
௩༊Έϟ۬ऀ Ğि௩
༊ğ
ቜ˼ϵ҂ਸ਼྆ു˛֥͎Іᏽ͚ؖઈїψѤ֏͂ጇѰ
ĞսЃᘰఖᚸ࿋ጠğĄͪʹĂቜሂסպؚಪռڟκ
ྫປኌዢĂҏ܌Ѓَ҂ਸ਼྆ു˛ྫбၾĂ܌
Іᏽ͚͟ᖽĄЃَІᏽ͚ᖽĂ܌ઠ֏זۑ
˽Ą) 31 ࡲ *
4 ݸʮ 4 ؖ3 Ꮅጅ ņϒఋ
ߏ 1Ňծݸʮ SET ؖ2Ą
िഫ͎୪Ą
5 ݸʮ 4 ؖ3 Ꮅጅ ņݮ
ಈŇծݸʮ SETĄΓલᆬ
عഫ͎୪Ą
÷ Ѓَ֥॑۳ᛖĂᎵጅ ņە
ϱŇĄ
GR-D650AG_CS.book Page 31 Friday, April 7, 2006 6:57 PM
ԁϻ ڟD.S.C. ͒ ˛̜
ᎵጅᏗ̥࿋̅ΈϟᆵුΈϟ
31
ࡧ௩Έϟᆵු
1 ઈї ņΈϟؚФᏗ̥࿋ ĞʙЩΈϟʙğŇ 1 ઈї ņΈϟؚФᏗ̥࿋ ĞʙЩΈϟʙğŇ
िŇծݸʮ SET ؖ2Ą
िഫ͎୪Ą
3 ݸʮ 1 ؖ2 Ꮅጅڟࡌؚ
̜χĄ
4 ݸʮ 4 ؖ3 ᎵጅᆵЅݾ
ΰ Ğ00ğĂծݸʮ SETĄ
5 ݸʮ 3 ᅨ͑ᆵු ؖ4
̍ᆵු̾ᎵጅΈϟᆵුĂ
ծݸʮ SETĄ
÷ ࡧቒ 3 ԏэ 5 ԏ௩༊
ؚᄯڟΈϟᆵුĄ
÷ Έϟᆵුశϻ͟௩༊ߏ
15Ą
÷ ЃࡌΓΈϟᆵුĂ܌ϔЩᎵጅ࿋ծӽᝐᆵුĄ
6 ݸʮ 4 ؖ3 Ꮅጅ ņە
ϱŇծݸʮ SETĄ
ņ۳І ?Ň͎୪Ą
÷ Ѓَૌ˚ӽᝐ 3 ԏэ
5 ԏڟψѤ௩༊Ă܌ඊ
ഫϔЩ͎୪Ą
7 ݸʮ 4 ؖ3 Ꮅጅ ņݮ
ಈŇ̾۳ІࢤࢤӇЙڟ௩༊Ăծݸʮ SETĄ
÷ Ѓَ֥॑ᎵጅĂᎵጅ ņ֥॑ŇĄ
˛ڟ 1 ԏэ 3 ԏĄ) 30 ࡲ *
2 ݸʮ 4 ؖ3 Ꮅጅ ņࡧ௩༊Ňծݸʮ SET
ؖ2Ąिഫ͎୪Ą
3 ݸʮ 4 ؖ3 Ꮅጅ ņݮಈŇծݸʮ SETĄΓલ
ᆬعഫ͎୪Ą
÷ Ѓَ֥॑ᎵጅĂᎵጅ ņەϱŇĄ
÷ ؚФᏗ̥࿋ڟΈϟᆵුࡧ௩ߏ 0Ą
ᚌҙĈ
їЃʰጇѰढĂʽ˚ࡌᔞྫປĂҏ͟܌̕
ਔІᏽ͚ᖽĄ
˽זۑІᏽ͚
ૌ̾͟Ꮝढ˽זۑІᏽ͚Ą
ݣ˞˽זۑĂІᏽ͚˛۳Іނ͓ڟ۳ᛖ̜χϵ
˱ؚڟФ̜χַᆵጃઠ଼ਸ਼Ą
1 ઠ VIDEO/MEMORY ᘰ௩༊ߏ
ņMEMORYŇĄ
2 ݸўѝʸᘰʰڟᖇݸסᓤڟϣढĂઠྫປ
ᘰ௩༊ߏ ņ PLAYŇĄ
3 ݸʮ MENUĄඊഫ͎୪Ą
4 ݸʮ 4ă 3ă1 ؖ2 Ꮅ
ጅ ņिВ˽Ňծݸʮ
SETĄिВ˽ഫ͎୪Ą
5 ݸʮ 4 ؖ3 Ꮅጅ ņݮ
ಈŇծݸʮ SETĄІᏽ͚
˽זۑĄ
÷ ˽זۑӇЙढĂņԠФІ
ᏽڟ࿋Ň͎୪Ą
÷ Ѓَ֥॑ᎵጅĂᎵጅ ņەϱŇĄ
ᚌҙĈ
ϵࡌ˚˛ു྆˽זۑઈїψѤ֏͂ጇѰ ĞսЃᘰఖ
ᚸ࿋ጠğĄͪʹቜሂ۳պؚಪռڟκྫປኌ
ዢĂ̾ѻϵ˛ു྆˽זۑϰྫбၾфᖽІᏽ͚Ą
ЃَІᏽ͚ᖽĂ܌ઠ֏˽זۑĄ
ᆵЅᏗ࿋ັߺጠ ĞD.S.C.ğᏃ̅ᆬع
˛ڟ 1 ԏэ 3 ԏĄ) 30 ࡲ *
2 ݸʮ 4 ؖ3 Ꮅጅ ņ໋܉
͒
GR-D650AG_CS.book Page 32 Friday, April 7, 2006 6:57 PM
32 ˛̜ Ⴀቡڟඊ
ගᏜᏃඊַ D.S.C. Ꮓඊ
ӽᝐඊڟ௩༊
Ώᚸ࿋ጠరФػۯպݎڟဍʰඊՁĂᕏ
˽௨ϻԁཏڟᚸ࿋ጠ௩༊Ą) 32 ࡲ – 36
ࡲ*
1
ᖇݸסᓤ
3
2
͒ ) 33 ࡲ *
ؚᎵጅڟඊᆿ
௩ ) ס 33 ࡲ *
Ձඊ ) 34 ࡲ *
ΰඊ ) 35 ࡲ *
EF
ᆵሆັߺඊ
WB
) 35 ࡲ *
1) ݸʮ 4 Ă3Ă1 ؖ2 Ꮅ
ጅڟࡌؚᎵഓ ݸݣSET ؖ2Ą˅ඊ͎୪Ą
VIDEO/
MEMORY
ྫປᘰ
2) ݸʮ 4 ؖ3ĄᎵጅڟࡌؚᆵഓ ݸݣSET ؖ
2ĄᎵጅӇ୳Ą
4
MENU
1 ᘰػගᏜᏃඊĈ
÷ ௩༊ VIDEO/MEMORY ᘰߏ ņ VIDEOŇؖ
ņ MEMORYŇĄ
÷ ݸўѝػᘰʰڟᖇݸסᓤڟϣढĂઠྫປᘰ௩
༊ߏ ņRECŇĄ
÷ ઠᏃᇁВ௩э ņ ŇĄ) 16 ࡲ *
M
ᘰػගᏜᆬعඊĈ
÷ ௩༊ VIDEO/MEMORY ᘰߏ ņ VIDEOŇĄ
÷ ݸўѝػᘰʰڟᖇݸסᓤڟϣढĂઠྫປᘰ௩
༊ߏ ņPLAYŇĄ
÷ ᘰ ػD.S.C. ᆬعඊĂቜኧ ņD.S.C. ᆬعŇ
)☞ 28 ࡲ *Ą
2 ઠଶೀၿගዢశ˃ࡩݙϴΈĄ) 20 ࡲ *
3 ݸʮ MENUĄඊഫ͎୪Ą
4 ݸʮ 3 ؖ4 Ꮅጅؚᄯ͒Ăծݸʮ SET ؖ2
ؚᎵጅ͒ڟඊ͎୪Ą
ගᏜᏃඊഫ
ගᏜᆬعඊഫ
SP
LP
TV
5 Ъڟݣ௩༊ԏ֥ԚؚػᎵጅ͒ڟĄ
٧๎Ĉ
÷ ս˅Ĉ͒ඊ
÷ݸ
ەϱ̺ඊݎဍĄ
● ૌ˚̾͟ϵᏃೈʣඊݎဍĄ
● Фղ͒˚ϵගᏜ ؖD.S.C. Ꮓඊ௩סĄղ
ᆿઠΰߏиƟΩѓĄ
÷ņ3Ňݾΰጷΰ໋܉۳Іϵᚸ࿋ጠዹ˱ڟ௩
༊Ą
÷ ໋ૌ๑ࡌ֥॑ەؖϱ˞ڟ܉ඊݎဍढĂ ݸ1Ą
3) ݸʮ MENUĄඊഫ͎୪Ą
٧๎Ĉ
ЃَᄯࡌĂૌ̾͟ࡧቒԏ௩༊֏͂͒ڟඊĄ
ගᏜᆬعඊ
ᚸᏃᇁВ ) 36 ࡲ* ؚᎵጅڟඊᆿ
ࡱᏜᇁВ ) 36 ࡲ*
ݣೈಈ֙ࡱᏜ
) 36 ࡲ *
ᇁᐣ۬༴Ꭿʣ
) 36 ࡲ *
TV
۫ ) ݙ 36 ࡲ *
̠ೈƟढΰ
) 36 ࡲ *
ņ 3Ňݾΰጷ
ΰ˸ಲ ) 36 ࡲ*
ढሆ ) 36 ࡲ *
SP
TV 16:9 ) 36 ࡲ *
LP
1) ݸʮ 4 ؖ3ĄᎵጅؚ
ࡌڟᆵഓ ݸݣSET ؖ
2ĄᎵጅӇ୳Ą
SP
LP
SP
LP
÷ ЃَᄯࡌĂૌ̾͟ࡧቒԏ
௩༊֏͂͒ڟඊĄ
÷ņ3Ňݾΰጷΰ໋܉۳Іϵᚸ࿋ጠዹ˱ڟ௩
༊Ą
÷ ໋ૌ๑ࡌ֥॑ەؖϱ˞ڟ܉ඊݎဍढĂ ݸ1Ą
2) ݸʮ MENUĄඊഫ͎୪Ą
GR-D650AG_CS.book Page 33 Friday, April 7, 2006 6:57 PM
Ⴀቡڟඊ ˛̜
33
௩ס
Ꮓඊ
͒
̾ʮඊ௩༊ͫФϵྫປᘰ௩э ņRECŇ
ढ̟̾͟ԁӽĄ
\ ^ > ͎ᆅढྱڟ௩
) 41 ࡲ *Ăņ࿒ᝐؖၚᝐझَŇ
) 42 ࡲ *Ăņ࿋ሡᎮă५झַӤ۞५झŇ
) 42 ࡲ *Ăņ࿋ሡᎮă५झַӤ۞५झŇ
) 42 ࡲ *Ăņ࿋ሡᎮă५झַӤ۞५झŇ
) 39 ࡲ *Ăņᗊώૡ֙Ň
WB
) 40 ࡲ *ĂņΩᎋቡŇ
̾ʮ௩༊ϵྫປᘰ௩э ņ RECŇढ̟ФझĄ
\ ^ > ͎ᆅढྱڟ௩
SP
LP
\ SP^*ĈϵᆿລᆬعᇁВʮїᏃ֙Ą
LPĈယఀᕽ . ԁ͑༄ᐼĂ͟ಪռ 1.5 ࡻڟᏃ
ढĄ
* SP ݾΰጷԠФ͎୪ϵݎဍĄ
٧๎Ĉ
● ̾͟ϵʮʡ̾ᆿລᇁВᏃڟႄળʰїࡱᏜಈ֙
) 46 ࡲ * ַನʣሡᎮ ) 46 ࡲ * Ą
● ЃَဇᏃ֙ᇁВїʟ˸ಲĂ܌ϵഫᆬعढĂ˸
ಲᔈڟ࿋ᝐુᇁሙ˚଼Ą
● ݚᚊΏᚸ࿋ጠ̾ढᇁВᏃڟႄળ˫Ώᚸ
࿋ጠᆬعĄ
● ϵᆬعպ֏͂ᚸ࿋ጠᏃڟႄળ྆ു˛Ă͎͟
୪ዡࡱĂڱؖᒐࡱ͎୪഻ᆷླĄ
\ 12BIT^Ĉ̛ݻϵͲጿγڟᒐཾʰᏃගᏜڟγ
ᒐĂݚᚊϵїࡱᏜಈ֙ढպĄ) ϣ܉ػ
ʙᇁ ڟܮ32 kHz ᇁВ *
16BITĈ̛ݻϵ֍ጿγڟᒐཾʰᏃගᏜڟγ
ᒐĄ) ϣ܉ػʙᇁ ڟܮ48 kHz ᇁВ *
ᘰĈᘰఖЪ͒Ą
\
^Ĉ̾͟ངᏻϰᚸ࿋ጠथф̕ਔ˚ڟᗧ
ס࿋Ă५ѿސϵࡻ˃عྲྀڟٷʮĄ
٧๎Ĉ
● Ѓَدᚸٷढ̙˚ϴथĂدڱؖᚸନχ˚
ЁĂ౷ഒٲဂ୪ՊЁڟᗧסĄ
● Ѓَᗧסዢ˚պĂ ܌ņ
Ňݾΰጷਰᗗؖ
ၫພĄ
● պס־ϵʭ༚ޜʰᚸ࿋ጠᏃढĂቜᘰఖЪᇁ
ВĄ
* ͫФϵ VIDEO/MEMORY ᘰ௩༊ߏ ņVIDEOŇ
ढ˗͟Ą
ᆵЅᏗ࿋ັߺጠ ĞD.S.C.ğᏃ̅ᆬع
*
\ ᘰ ^ĈᘰఖЪ͒Ą
ĈЃَලᖔޚʙڐ˚ය྆ 1 mĂ౷ઠ ņଖᄉ
์ලŇ௩ ߏסņŇĄૌ̾͟ઠලᖔߏ࠘ 40 cm
ڟሂدᚸဇණدᚸુၾු˃Ą
ळጃᝐഐѝ༊ĂᘢᏞ͟ය͎ഐලĄ
MasterPage: Left
GR-D650AG_CS_07Advanced.fm Page 34 Friday, April 7, 2006 7:25 PM
34 ˛̜ Ⴀቡڟඊ
Ձඊ
\ ັߺ ^Ĉᑡ࿋ᇁВ
ယᗊώĈဂٷယѰᇁВ
Ъ྆ുڟཏ۬ऀĂቜኧ ņဂٷယѰŇ
) ☞ 37 ࡲ * ַ ņᑡ࿋ ) ઠᏗ̥࿋Ꮓϵႄળ
ʰ *Ň)☞ 38 ࡲ */
* ͫФϵ VIDEO/MEMORY ᘰ௩༊ߏ ņVIDEOŇ
ढ˗͟Ą
\ 15 ࡻ ^ĈЃَϵպᆵЅᝐഐढ௩༊ߏ ņ15
ࡻŇĂ܌ᝐഐࡻ˃عઠಈѝߏ 15 ࡻĂϰߏᆵ
ѝᝐഐઠᘰఖĄ
60 ࡻ *Ĉૌ̾͟պᆵѝᝐഐĄպᆵЅ୩ծ
˃ع࿋Ăᝐഐ̾͟ૃ 15 ࡻ Ğώደᝐഐࡩğ
֗ 60 ࡻᆵЅࡻ˃عڟశ˃ࢄĄ
700 ࡻ *Ĉૌ̾͟պᆵѝᝐഐĄպᆵЅ୩
ծ˃ع࿋Ăᝐഐ̾͟ૃ 15 ࡻ Ğώደᝐഐ
ࡩğ֗ 700 ࡻᆵЅࡻ˃عڟశ˃ࢄĄ
* ͫФϵ VIDEO/MEMORY ᘰ௩༊ߏ ņVIDEOŇ
ढ˗͟Ą
໋ྫປᘰ௩༊ߏ ņPLAYŇढĂྫປᘰ௩༊
ߏ ņ RECŇढؚ௩༊ ڟņՁඊŇ͒ʶኌ
Ą
\ ^ > ͎ᆅढྱڟ௩
ᘰĈᓶഓϵᏃᆇढ˚ՎĂӤ۞ᒐࡱːᏃϵ
ႄળ˱Ą
\ ^ Ĉ໋їψѤጇѰढവ͎ᇅᒐĄͺʶϣढጭ
߀Ӥ۞ࡱᛪझَĄ) 27Ă 38 ࡲ *
ݮಈĈઠ௩༊ಈѝߏ͎ᆅढྱڟ௩༊Ą
\ ˚ݮಈ ^ Ĉ˚ઠ௩༊ಈѝߏ͎ᆅढྱڟ௩༊Ą
\LCD^ Ĉ໋֥ುዢ͎ĂଶೀၿගዢΈढĂ
࿋ΰϵଶೀၿගዢʰĄ
֥ುዢĈ໋֥ುዢ͎ĂଶೀၿගዢΈढĂ
࿋ΰϵ֥ುዢըĄ
AGC
ᘰĈպૌϵԠФ࿋۫ݙቡढ̾͟دᚸྲྀڟ
ುĄ
\ ьᅨ۫ૡ֙ ^Ĉጌഫ͟ુᓻĂѮސ
࿋ڟ۫قސĄ
ьӤ۞ቡጌ
ĈӤ۞ఀݙьቡĄ̾
ယӤ۞ఀݙϵѳ۫ڟ࣯ྲྀؖݙώሣʮدᚸဇණĂ
̾͟ᑕુ̨ьᅨ۫ૡ֙ᇁВʮԁ۫ڟ࿋ĂѮ
ސဇණ߀ڟծ˚ؖьഓĄጌഫ͟Ф
ᓻĄӤ۞ఀݙьቡढĂΰ ņ
ŇĄ
\ ᘰ ^ĈᘰఖЪ͒Ą
Ĉᐓ҅˸ਸ਼ΥࡳᒐӜЙڟዡᒐĄņ Ňݾ
ΰጷ͎୪ĄᒐࡱቴුઠӽᝐĄސΓલ୪ණĄ
TV
16:9
Ѓَࡌϵૌྫڟගጠպ 16:9 ᅶݎဍᇁВΰ
࿋Ăઠྫගጠݎဍ˃ˉ௩༊ΓሂĄ
\ 4:3 TV^ ʸպ 4:3 ݎဍ̨ྫڟගጠĄ
16:9 TVĈʸպ 16:9 ݎဍ̨ྫڟගጠĄ
ᘰĈᘰఖᄍૡዢጇѰĄ
\ ^ ĈଂᄍૡዢጇѰĄ
GR-D650AG_CS.book Page 35 Friday, April 7, 2006 6:57 PM
Ⴀቡڟඊ ˛̜
ΰඊ
35
ᆵሆັߺඊ
● ̾ʮඊ௩༊ͫФϵྫປᘰ௩э ņRECŇढ
̟̾͟ԁӽĄ
●ņDISPLAYŇ௩༊Ăਸ਼ʟ ņ۫ݙŇַ
ņLANGUAGEŇʹͫސϵїᏃᆇढ̟ФझĄ
\ ^ > ͎ᆅढྱڟ௩
18 ࡲĂņΰዢݙ۫ڟቡŇ
ؚ۳Іڟ࿋ሡ༴֥ԚʸؚᎵጅڟ࿋ቴු̾̅
࿋˛دᚸဇණڟЙַؚպІᏽ͚ڟᘸܮĄ
) 27 ࡲ *
\ ^ > ͎ᆅढྱڟ௩
\ Ⴀ ^ 0 ᆿລ
࿋ቴුᇁВ̾͟Ꮅጅ̾ۯశЁϴၖૌڟᄯ
ࡌĄФ֍ႍ࿋ቴුᇁВĈႠ )
* ַᆿລ
)
* ĞັݸቴුӕğĄ
17 ࡲĂņ̠ೈƟढڟ௩סŇ
[ENGLISH] / FRANÇAIS / DEUTSCH /
ESPAÑOL / ITALIANO / NEDERLANDS /
PORTUGUÊS / РУССКИЙ /
/
B.MELAYU / BHS.INDO / ‰∑¬ /
/
/
̾͟ӽᝐჭՐ௩༊Ą) 17 ࡲ *
\ ᘰ ^Ĉ̠ೈ 0 ढ˚͎୪Ą
Ĉ̠ೈ 0 ढΰĄ
● ྆ݸʮᄍૡዢʰ ڟDISPLAY ᓤĂ̠ೈݾΰʶ͟
̾ଂƟᘰఖĄ) 24Ă43 ࡲ *
LCDĈᚸ࿋ጠڟΰ Ğ̠ೈăढַढሆਸ਼
ʹğ˚͎୪ϵؚྫڟගጠݎဍʰĄ
\LCD/TV^Ĉ໋ᚸ࿋ጠჄྫගढĂᚸ࿋ጠڟ
ΰ͎୪ϵݎဍʰĄ
\ ᘰ ^Ĉढሆ˚ΰĄ
Ĉढሆΰϵᚸ࿋ጠؚ̅ྫڟගʰĄϵ
Ꮓ྆ു˛˚ΰ౿ڟሡ༴Ą) 22 ࡲ *
DEMO
ᘰĈь။ΰ˚വΡĄ
\ ^Ĉΰሒ࿒ᝐƟၚᝐַࡱझ͒Ăϣढ͟
̾ѰሂסЪղ͒ЃѤጇѰĄ
●ņ။ΰᇁВŇᕽߏ ņŇݣඊഫᘰఖढĄ
● Ѓَྫປᘰ௩༊ߏ ņRECŇ ࠘ݣ3 ˷ᚘԠФψ
ѤጇѰĂ̸ ņ။ΰᇁВŇ௩༊ߏ ņŇĄ
● ϵ။ΰ྆ു˛ઈїψѤጇѰĂ။ΰᒝढ̥Ą
ЃَЪ˚ݣїψѤጇѰϵ 3 ˷ᚘ̾ʰĂ။ΰઠݮ
ಈĄ
٧๎Ĉ
● Ѓَᚸ࿋ጠ˛ФႄળĂ܌။ΰ˚ଂĄ
● Ѓَ ņ။ΰᇁВŇʙڢ ػņŇĂޚղ͒ઠ
˚պĄណ။ΰݣĂઠ֏௩༊ߏ ņᘰŇ/
640 x 480 0 1024 x 768 0 [1280 x 960]
࿋̏ˈᇁВ̾͟Ꮅጅ̾ۯశЁϴၖૌڟᄯ
ࡌĄ) 27 ࡲ *
٧๎Ĉ
ͫФϵ VIDEO/MEMORY ᘰ௩༊ߏ ņMEMORYŇ
ढĂ௩༊˗̾͟ӽۯĄ
\
(TAPE)^^ĈЃَϵ VIDEO/MEMORY ᘰ௩
༊ߏ ņ VIDEOŇढїᑡ࿋ᏃĂ܌Ꮧ̥࿋
ͫᏃϵႄળʰĄ
٧๎Ĉ
0
(TAPE/CARD)ĈЃَϵ VIDEO/
MEMORY ᘰ௩༊ߏ ņVIDEOŇढїᑡ࿋
ᏃĂ܌Ꮧ̥࿋˚ฉᏃϵႄળʰĂʶᏃ
ϵІᏽ͚ʰ Ğ640 x 480 ࿋শğĄ
ᆵЅᏗ࿋ັߺጠ ĞD.S.C.ğᏃ̅ᆬع
LANGUAGE
MasterPage: Left
GR-D650AG_CS.book Page 36 Friday, April 7, 2006 6:57 PM
36 ˛̜ Ⴀቡڟඊ
ᆬعඊ
18 ࡲĂņΰዢݙ۫ڟቡŇ
\ ^ > ͎ᆅढྱڟ௩
ࡱᏜᇁВַݣೈಈ֙ࡱᏜ
\ ᘰ ^ Ĉ̠ೈ 0 ढ˚͎୪Ą
ϵႄળᆬ˛ു྆عĂᚸ࿋ጠᐮഁᏃढؚպ
Ĉ̠ೈ 0 ढΰĄ
ڟᒐᏜᇁВĂծᆬعᒐࡱĄᎵጅᒐࡱᘸܮϫૌ
ؚᆬڟع࿋Ąັݸ 32 ࡲʰʣඊڟჳقĂ
ᘰ 0 \LCD^ 0 LCD/TV
ņࡱᏜᇁВŇ ؖņݣೈಈ֙ࡱᏜŇĂծઠ֏௩༊
໋௩༊ߏ
ņᘰŇढĂᚸ࿋ጠڟΰ॑ͶĄ
ߏؚᄯࡌڟᆵĄ
̾ʮ௩༊ͫސϵගᏜᆬعढ̟ФझĂਸ਼ʟ ņ۫
ݙŇĂņ16:9Ň ؖņᚸᏃᇁВŇĄ
Фᘰᆵ ) ਸ਼ʟ˅ăࡱᏜᇁВַݣೈಈ֙ࡱᏜ௩
༊˱ ڟņᘰŇ* Ⴤ 33 ࡲĂ35 ࡲಢࡘڟʙᆺĄ
SP
LP
\ SP^ * 0 LP
ૌ̾͟ळጃૌڟЁ௩༊ගᏜᏃᇁВ Ğᆿລؖ
ढğĄ
* SP ݾΰጷԠФ͎୪ϵݎဍĄ
\ γᒐ
^ ᒐࡱ̾γᒐૃ ņLŇ) ; * ַ
ņRŇ) ͡ * ᒐཾĄ
վь ņLŇ) ; * ᒐཾڟᒐࡱᎯ͎Ą
;ᒐཾ L
͡ᒐཾ R
վь ņRŇ) ͡ * ᒐཾڟᒐࡱᎯ͎Ą
\ ᘰ ^Ĉࢨזᒐࡱ̾γᒐૃ ņLŇ) ; * ַ ņRŇ
) ͡ * ᒐཾᎯ͎Ą
Ĉಈ֙ڟᒐࡱ̾γᒐૃ ņ LŇ) ; * ַ ņRŇ
) ͡ * ᒐཾᎯ͎Ą) 46 ࡲ *
ϫĈࢨזᒐࡱַಈ֙ᒐࡱϫĂ̾γᒐϵ
ņLŇ) ; * ַ ņRŇ) ͡ * ᒐཾᎯ͎Ą
͡ᒐཾ R
վь ņRŇ) ͡ * ᒐཾڟᒐࡱᎯ͎Ą
\ ᘰ ^Ĉ֥॑ૃ S/AV ʿᎯʣࡱᏜƟගᏜ۬༴Ą
) 43 ࡲ *
Ĉ̛ ૃݻS/AV ʿᎯʣࡱᏜƟගᏜ۬༴
) 43 ࡲ *
\ ᘰ ^ 0
22 ࡲĂņढሆŇ
TV
16:9
Ѓَࡌϵૌྫڟගጠպ 16:9 ᅶݎဍᇁВΰ
࿋Ăઠྫගጠݎဍ˃ˉ௩༊ΓሂĄ
\4:3 TV^ ʸպ 4:3 ݎဍ̨ྫڟගጠĄ
16:9 TVĈʸպ 16:9 ݎဍ̨ྫڟගጠĄ
GR-D650AG_CS.book Page 37 Friday, April 7, 2006 6:57 PM
ػᏃ͒ڟ ˛̜
37
ᅶᄚဍᇁВ
ັقጷ
Ώᚸ࿋ጠ˰௨ૌᎵጅᏃढպڟ࿋Ꭿ͎ि
ВĄ
\ ^ > ͎ᆅढྱڟ௩
ϵᏃყගᏜ ؖD.S.C. دᚸ྆ു
˛Ăັقጷ̾͟վັ۫ฃ
ڐڟĄ
1 ࡧቒݸʮ LIGHT վӽᝐ௩༊Ą
ᘰĈઠጷၫພĄ
ጷʙ۫ڢൿĄĞ
͎୪Ąğ
ьĈ໋ώሣฃढĂጷь
ଂĄĞ
͎୪Ąğ
ັقጷ
1 ઠྫປᘰ௩༊ߏ ņRECŇĄ
2 ࡧಈ ݸ16:9 ݸᓤᎵጅૌڟᎵĄ/
2 ݸʮᏃყ ז0 ̥ݸᓤվזᏃყගᏜؖ
SNAPSHOT ̾Ӻدʙ౽Ꮧ̥ڟ࿋Ą
4:3
16 : 9
٧๎Ĉ
ဂٷယѰ
ႍ५ѓ͒ݞФĂૌ̾͟ယఀᚸყؖᆬع
ߢපؖᘲુʙՎ̰֓ڟುĄ̾͟ဂढᏃַᆬ
عᒐࡱĄ
1 ઠ VIDEO/MEMORY ᘰ௩༊ߏ
ņVIDEOŇĄ
2 ઠᏃᇁВ௩э ņ MŇĄ) 16 ࡲ *
3 ௩༊ ņັ̰ᇁВŇߏ ņယᗊώŇĄ
) 32Ă34 ࡲ * ဂٷယѰݾΰጷ ņ
୪Ą
Ň͎
4 ϵᏃؖᆬݸ˛ു྆عʮ SNAPSHOT ) ယᗊ
ώ *Ą
÷ ڟഫ˷ЙͲ౿Ąղ౿Ꮓؖᆬع
1.5 ࠌᚘĂഓݣݮಈΓલᏃؖᆬعĄ
÷ Ъ͒ϵᏃᇁВᎵጅ௩э ņ Ň ؖņ ŇĄ
A
٧๎Ĉ
M
ͫФϵ VIDEO/MEMORY ᘰ௩༊ߏ ņVIDEOŇढ
˗͟Ą
\ 4:3^ ϵԠФԁӽݎဍ̨ڟٷʮїᏃĄ
ѰϵպΓલݎဍ̨ྫڟගጠїᆬعĄ໋
պЪᇁВϵպΓલݎဍ̨ྫڟගጠїᆬ
عढĂቜኧૌྫڟගጠጇѰჳقपĄ
16:9 Ѱϵպ 16:9 ݎဍ̨ྫڟගጠїᆬ
عĄϵԠФӯТڟٷʮьഓϴᔗ˃࿋̾ϫ
ݎဍĄ ݾΰጷ͎୪Ą໋պЪᇁВढĂቜኧ
ૌڟᅶᄚဍྫගጠጇѰჳقपĄϵݎဍ̨ߏ
4:3 ྫڟගጠƟଶೀၿගዢƟ֥ುዢїᆬعƟ
ᏃढĂᎵጅ ņ 16:9Ň˱ ڟņ4:3 TVŇ
) 34Ă36 ࡲ * ̾ᓗѻ࿋ڢܭĄ
٧๎Ĉ
● ͫФϵ VIDEO/MEMORY ᘰ௩༊ߏ ņ VIDEOŇ
ढ˗͟Ą
● Ꮧ̥࿋ ̾ސ4:3 ᇁВᏃڟĄͺ࢈˚պ 16:9
ᇁВᏃĄ
ᆵЅᏗ࿋ັߺጠ ĞD.S.C.ğᏃ̅ᆬع
● ቜ٧๎˚ࡌઠັقጷڢဇລʡڟ໘Ą
● Ѓَጷώ˚ັ۫ڐĂ໋ັقጷ௩༊ʸ ņŇ
ڑဘढĂׇග͒ьଂĂ̾ັدۯढڐ
ઊԁ۫ղĄ
● ັدढ̖˛ڟັقጷັ۫Ăфֺ
ߺဇྲྀĂպدᚸڟݣ࿋˚ڟϣϵ۫ݙʰ
Ф˚ؚϣĄ
● ໋ັقጷ௩༊ʸ ņŇڑဘढĂدᚸڐढӤ
۞ڟఀݙᝐሥĂϰЪͺ࢈ਔվി์Фղᇁ
ሙĄ
MasterPage: Left
GR-D650AG_CS.book Page 38 Friday, April 7, 2006 6:57 PM
38 ˛̜ ػᏃ͒ڟ
ྀᛮᇁВ
ׇග
պુྲྀدڟᚸᏃೈ̨ؖϵՊЁڟьഓ
ώʮԁ۫قĄၾ႓ؚᏃڟ࿋ԠФᓻĂѮސ
͟ϰߏӤ۞ఀྲྀݙਔվᏜਰĄ
1 ઠྫປᘰ௩༊ߏ ņRECŇĄ
2 ઠᏃᇁВ௩э ņMŇĄ) 16 ࡲ *
3 ݸʮ NIGHT ׇ̾ۯගݾΰጷ ņ Ň͎୪Ą
÷ Ӥ۞ఀݙьቡಪռ 30 ࡻڟଃݙĄ
Ňठ
÷ Ӥ۞ఀݙьቡढĂņ Ň͎୪ϵ ņ
ᘞĄ
ᘰఖׇග
ϔЩݸʮ NIGHT ׇ̾ۯගݾΰጷʮ॑ͶĄ
٧๎Ĉ
● ϵպׇග͒ढĂ) 33Ă34 ࡲ * ඊ˱ڟ
ņᅨ۫Ň ؖņ࿋ᗧסŇ͒˚ጭ߀Ą
● ׇග͒˚Ⴤ ņ࿋ሡᎮുӕŇ ڟņడುŇؖ
ņོŇĂ ؖņӤ۞ŇؚڟФܮ༴ϣढጭ߀Ą
) 42 ࡲ *
● ϵׇග྆ു˛Ă͟ᘲ̾ઠᚸ࿋ጠળʣႹഐĄߏթ
̥ႍڟٷവΡĂݚᚊૌպʭ༚ޜĄ
ᑡ࿋ ) ઠᏗ̥࿋Ꮓϵႄ
ળʰ *
ཎ͒պૌ̾͟ઠᏗ̥࿋ණັ̰ʙᆺᏃϵႄ
ળʰĄ
1 ઠ VIDEO/MEMORY ᘰ௩༊ߏ
ņVIDEOŇĄ
2 ઠྫປᘰ௩༊ߏ ņRECŇĄ
3 ઠᏃᇁВ௩э ņMŇĄ) 16 ࡲ *
4 Ꮅጅ ņ Ňഓݣઠ ņັ̰ᇁВŇ௩э ņັ
ߺŇ) 32Ă34 ࡲ *
5 ݸʮ SNAPSHOTĄ
÷ Ӥ۞ᘰఖढФᒐࡱझĄ
÷ņັ̰Ňݾΰ͎୪ĂᏗ̥࿋ઠᏃ࠘ 5 ࠌᚘĂ
ഓݣᚸ࿋ጠࡧʣᏃݟጠᇁВĄ
÷ ϵᏃ྆ു˛Ăૌᓙ̾͟ઈїᑡ࿋ĄᏗ̥࿋ઠ
Ꮓ࠘ 5 ࠌᚘĂഓݣΓલᏃݮಈĄ
÷ ᑡ࿋͒ϵᏃᇁВᎵጅ௩э ņ Ňؖ
ņ ŇĄ
÷ ໋Ꮅጅʟ 16:9 ᅶᄚဍᇁВ )16:9 ݾΰጷ * Ăᑡ࿋ᇁ
Вઠ˚պĄ
M
A
ϵ 4 ԏ˛ݻᛉݸʮ SNAPSHOT Ă֏झَჄՁ
ϖᚸᆇߺѭڟĄĞᏗ̥࿋˞ڟྤĈ࠘ 1
ࠌğ
●ņᏃ౬Ň௩༊ߏ ņ
0
ᇁВഒٲպĄ) 35 ࡲ *
ŇढĂྀᛮ
̙ဇഐ
ᚸ࿋ጠڟϒುьဇഐՁ̛ૃݻ५ᅸ ĞჄدᚸ
ဇණۖэ࠘ 5 cmğ֗ഒࡩᄉڟᛉدᚸĄ
ѮސĂΥدػᚸନχࢨڟϰĂ͟ഒٲΓሂဇ
ഐĄϵႍٷʮĂպ̙ဇഐᇁВĄ
1 ઠྫປᘰ௩༊ߏ
ņRECŇĄ
2 ઠᏃᇁВ௩э
ņ
MŇĄ) 16 ࡲ *
3 ݸʮ FOCUSĄ̙ဇ
ഐݾΰጷ͎୪Ą
4 ݸʮ 1 ؖ2 վႹഐϵޚ
ʙڐʰĄ
̙ဇഐݾΰጷ
÷ ໋ဇഐ˚ቡ֗ԁᄉؖኬԁۖढĂņ
ņ ŇઠਰᗗĄ
Ňؖ
5 ݸʮ SETĄဇഐቡӇЙĄ
ࡧ௩༊ьဇഐ
ݸʮ FOCUS ֍ЩĄ
ϵʮϖ͎ڟӜʮĂݚᚊպ̙ဇഐĄ
● ϣʙು˛֍ဇණࡧᜒĄ
● ώሣ྆ѳ *
● دᚸဇණԠФဇ̨ ݙĞ۫Ⴤ˞࣯ڟѿğĂսЃ
ׄѓڟᑓڟ˓ؖᕢ̈Ą*
● ໋ʙฃڐڟϵଶೀၿගዢ֥ؖುዢ˛ಁ̽
˚֗ढĄ*
● ು˛ФࡧݡಈۆˉڟᆺߺؖϣۆᆺĄ
● ು֧̊෨ώԂ̫̆ؖώሣڟᆇᛪĄ
● دᚸФဇ̨ࠧݙುڟುĄ
Ą
* ̾ʮѳဇ̨ݙᚌҙ͎୪ਰᗗĈ ă ă ַ
GR-D650AG_CS.book Page 39 Friday, April 7, 2006 6:57 PM
ػᏃ͒ڟ ˛̜
ᗊώૡ֙
39
ώᖇס
ϵ̾ʮٷʮĂݚᚊૌպ̙ᗊώૡ֙Ĉ
● պਛώدᚸࠧڱؖು̊۫ढĄ
● دᚸФ̆ώڟьഓࠧು ) սЃϵॕᜏʰؖడढ *
ढĄ
● ࠧು྆دؖᚸဇණ̊۫ढĄ
౷࿋ʡڟᑞ̌ʙᆺĂώϵώሣݞЁڟᑗ˛
Нᑻ̾թ̥྆ϻڟώሣʣĂϵلڟᑗ˛ع
˃̾˰௨ԁϻڟώሣʣĄ
ϵ̾ʮٷʮպЪ͒Ĉ
● دᚸڟဇණढĄ
● Ⴤدᚸဇණ˞ڟලᖔӽᝐ ĞϰЪ֏ϵଶೀၿග
1 ઠྫປᘰ௩༊ߏ ņRECŇĄ
ዢ֥ؖುዢ˛ˈ̏ڟӽᝐğढĂսЃدᚸဇණంၚ
ਝݣढĄ
2 ઠᏃᇁВ௩э ņ ŇĄ) 16 ࡲ *
ĞսЃϵॕᜏʰؖడढğ
3 ϵ͒ඊ˱ڟņᗊώૡ֙Ň௩༊ ņ̙ŇĄ ● دᚸФ̆ώڟьഓࠧು
ढĄ
) 32 ࡲ *
● ϵႹώጷʮدᚸဇණढĄ
÷ ᗊώૡ֙ݾΰጷ͎୪Ą
● ᝐഐढĄ
M
Ăݸ܌ʮ 4Ą) శ˃ ±6*
÷ +3 ᗊώჄࠧುώངᏻڟझَߺϣĄ) 40 ࡲ *
÷ –3 ᗊώჄ ņ࿋ሡᎮുӕŇ௩༊ߏ ņᔈώປŇढ
ڟझَߺϣĄ) 42 ࡲ *
ጇѰᇁВ
VIDEO
MEMORY
ᗊώѿ
±0
±1
±2
±3
±4
±5
±6
±0EV
±0.3EV
±0.7EV
±1.0EV
±1.3EV
±1.7EV
±2.0EV
5 ݸʮ SET ؖ2ĄᗊώቡӇЙĄ
ەϱьᗊώૡ֙
Ꮅጅ 3 ԏ˛ ڟņьŇĄ
٧๎Ĉ
●ņ࿋ሡᎮുӕŇ௩༊ߏ ņᔈώປŇ ؖņడುŇ
) 42 ࡲ * ĂڱؖպࠧುώངᏻढૌĂ̾͟ϣ
ढպ̙ᗊώૡ֙Ą
● ЃَቡծԠФպ۫ݙФقᝐ˽Ă܌௩༊ ņᅨ
۫Ňߏ ņьӤ۞ቡጌŇĄ) 32Ă34 ࡲ *
1 ઠྫປᘰ௩ ߏסņRECŇĄ
2 ઠᏃᇁВ௩э ņMŇĄ) 16 ࡲ *
3 ϵ͒ඊ˱ ڟņᗊώૡ֙Ň௩༊ ņ̙ŇĄ
) 32 ࡲ *
÷ ᗊώૡ֙ݾΰጷ͎୪Ą
4 ቡጌᝐഐĂ̾دۯᚸဇණาၖଶೀၿගዢ֥ؖ
ುዢ˛Ăഓݸݣў SET ؖ2 ֍ࠌᚘ̾ʰĄņ
ݾΰጷ͎୪Ą
LŇ
5 ݸʮ SET ؖ2ĄώᖇסĄ
6 ݸʮ MENUĄඊݎဍᘰఖĄņ LŇݾΰጷ͎
୪Ą
ەϱьώૡ֙
Ꮅጅ 3 ԏ˛ ڟņьŇĄ
LŇ॑ͶĄ
● ᗊώૡ֙ݾΰጷַ ņ
Ѓَᖇסᗊώૡַ֙ώ
ϵ 3 ԏ˞ݣĂݸʮ 3 ؖ4 ቡᗊώĄഓݣ
4 ԏַ 6 ԏ˛ᖇסώĄᘰػьᖇסĂϵ 3
˛Ꮅጅ ņьŇĄᗊώૡַ֙ώᝐЙьڟĄ
ᆵЅᏗ࿋ັߺጠ ĞD.S.C.ğᏃ̅ᆬع
4 Ѓَպ࿋ᝐ۫Ăݸ܌ʮ 3ĄЃَպ࿋ᝐ
MasterPage: Left
GR-D650AG_CS.book Page 40 Friday, April 7, 2006 6:57 PM
40 ˛̜ ػᏃ͒ڟ
ࠧುώངᏻ
Ωᎋቡ
ࠧುώངᏻպدᚸဇණ՞ఀᝐ۫Ą
ͫᄯᕏڟጇѰĂࠧುώངᏻ͒྆ᅨ͑ᗊώ
վັ۫ڐฃڟఋ˷Ą
1 ઠྫປᘰ௩ ߏסņRECŇĄ
2 ݸʮ BACKLIGHT ̾ࠧۯುώངᏻݾΰጷ
ņ
Ň͎୪Ą
֥॑ࠧುώངᏻ
ݸʮ BACKLIGHT ֍ЩĂņ
ͶĄ
պࠧುώངᏻ̕͟ਔدᚸဇණֺڟώሣᝐુ
̊۫Ăծ̸دᚸဇණᝐΩĄ
ᔈᗊώૡ֙
Ꮅጅᔈഁώ̾͟ᑕુԁႠሂڟᗊώངᏻĄૌ͟
̾ૃଶೀၿගዢ 0 ֥ುዢʰʭഁώ˛Ꮅጅ֏
˛˞ʙĄ
1 ઠྫປᘰ௩ ߏסņRECŇĄ
2 ઠᏃᇁВ௩э ņMŇĄ) 16 ࡲ *
3 ݸʮ BACKLIGHT ֍ЩĂᔈᗊώૡ֙ݾΰጷ
ņ Ň౷͎୪Ą
● ଶೀၿගዢ 0 ֥ುዢ͵˛ڟ౷͎୪ᔈഁώऱ
ޜĄ
4 ݸʮ 1 ؖ2 վᎵጅ๑ࡌڟᔈഁώऱޜĄ
5 ݸʮ SETĄ
● ᔈᗊώૡ֙Γϵպ˛Ą
● ቡᗊώ̾պᎵݙ۫ڟశߏϫኌĄ
ᖇסώ
ϵ 4 ԏ˞ݣĂᐆʮծݸў SET ය྆֍ࠌᚘĄ
͎୪ ņ ŇݾΰĂώᖇסĄ
L
٧๎Ĉ
ӽᝐ௩༊
௩༊͒ඊ˱ ڟņѓિቡጌŇĄ) 32 ࡲ *
● ਸ਼ ņьŇ̾ʹؚڟᎵጅᇁВݾΰጷ͎୪Ą
Ňݾΰጷ౷॑
٧๎Ĉ
࠷ࡌ֥॑ᔈᗊώૡ֙
ݸʮ BACKLIGHT ʙЩĂņ
ͶĄ
ΩᎋݾސϵϨႍώሣʮဇѓિϔΡڟΓĄЃ
َΩᎋΓሂĂؚФ֏͂ڟѓિઠລሂϔΡĄ
ΩᎋલьቡĄѮސĂ̫Ăԁڟᚸ
࿋ጠጇѰڱᜍ̙ૡ֙Ъ͒Ăྀ̾֗ԁટ
ڟѓિ 0 ѓቡϔΡĄ
Ňݾΰጷ౷॑
● ϵպʮ͒ڟϣढĂૌ˚պᔈᗊώૡ֙Ą
●ņᅶᄚဍᇁВŇ) 37 ࡲ * ˛ ڟņ 16:9ŇĄ
●ņझَŇ) 42 ࡲ * ˛ ڟņᏜਰŇĄ
● ᆵЅᝐഐĄ) 21 ࡲ *
● ΥدػᚸϴᔈַନχࢨڟϰĂ͟˚Фశչझ
َĄ
\ ь ^ ĈΩᎋьቡĄ
̙Ĉϵ˚ϣᘸڟܮώሣʮدᚸढĂ̙ቡ
ጌΩᎋĄ) ņ̙ΩᎋቡŇ 41 ࡲ *
ಿ̈Ĉಿ̈ϵ݉ʹĄ
ఛ̈Ĉఛ̈ϵ݉ʹĄ
\ ^ > ͎ᆅढྱڟ௩
ЃَەϱьΩᎋ
௩༊ ņѓિቡጌŇߏ ņьŇĄ) 32 ࡲ *
GR-D650AG_CS.book Page 41 Friday, April 7, 2006 6:57 PM
ػᏃ͒ڟ ˛̜
̙Ωᎋቡ
࿒ᝐؖၚᝐझَ
ղझَ̛ݻૌӇЙટࡳिڟು˸ಲĄղ
झَ̾͟ᅨ͑ʙು˸ಲ֗ͪʙುڟቸĄ
ගਉᏃ̥ؖזढĂ࿒ᝐؖၚᝐਔѰĄ
1 ઠྫປᘰ௩ߏס
ņRECŇĄ
MŇĄ) 16 ࡲ *
ņ
Ωা
3 ϵدᚸဇණع܉ʙ
ׄڟΩাĄቡᝐഐؖьˏڟѝ༊̾ۯպΩ
াาၖݎဍĄ
4 Ꮅጅ͒ඊĄ) 33 ࡲ *
5 Ꮅጅ ņѓિቡጌŇඊ˛ ڟņ̙Ň
) 33 ࡲ *Ăഓݸݣʮծݸў SET ؖ2 ֗ڢ
זਰᗗĄ
● ௩༊ӇЙढĂ
̥ਰᗗĄ
6 ݸʮ SET ؖ2 ሂס௩༊Ą
7 ݸʮ ņ MENUŇĄඊഫᘰఖĂծ̸̙
Ωᎋݾΰጷ
٧๎Ĉ
ΰĄ
● ϵ 3 ԏ˛Ă͟ᘲ̾ဇΩাဇഐĄϵႍٷ
ʮĂቜ̙ቡဇഐĄ) 38 ࡲ *
● دᚸဇණ̾͟ϵ݉˱Ϩႍᘸڟܮώሣନχ Ğьഓ
ώăᎉώăᑎώğʮدᚸĄΥػѓຣϰώປф˚
ϣĂدᚸဇණڟѓቡळጃΩᎋڟ௩༊ф˚ϣĄ
պЪ͒͟ဂ୪ԁьഓڟൖَĄ
● ʙૌ̙ቡΩᎋĂ҉պϵᘰጠྫڱؖб֥
͎ڟٷʮĂ௩༊ʶ۳ॼĄ
1 ઠ VIDEO/MEMORY ᘰ௩༊ߏ
ņVIDEOŇĄ
2 ઠྫປᘰ௩ ߏסņRECŇĄ
3 ઠᏃᇁВ௩э ņMŇĄ) 16 ࡲ *
4 ௩סϵ͒ඊ˱ ڟņഫ˸ಲŇĄ) 33
ࡲ*
÷ ഫ˸ಲඊ॑ͶĂѮސझَ۳ॼĄ
÷ ؚᎵጅڟझَݾΰጷ͎୪Ą
5 ݸʮᏃזƟ̥ݸᓤĂଂၚʣၚ͎ؖ࿒
ʣ࿒͎Ą
ᘰఖؚᎵጅڟझَ
Ꮅጅ 4 ԏ˛ ڟņᘰŇĄझَݾΰጷ॑ͶĄ
٧๎Ĉ
● ૌ̾͟ݸʮծݸўᏃ ז0 ̥ᓤᔗࣤ࿒ᝐؖၚ
ᝐݙڟĄ
ഫ˸ಲ
ᘰĈᘰఖЪ͒ĄĞ͎ᆅढྱڟ௩ğ
ၚΩ
ĈΩڟݎଷʣؖଷ͎Ą
ၚฃ
Ĉฃڟݎଷʣؖଷ͎Ą
ဍ
Ĉૃ͡ϩ;࿒ʣĂ;ૃڱؖϩ͡࿒
͎Ą
ᒃဍ
Ĉುૃฃݎఋϩథఋ࿒ʣĂڱؖ
ૃథఋϩఋ࿒͎ĂॼʮฃݎĄ
ᆵЅᏗ࿋ັߺጠ ĞD.S.C.ğᏃ̅ᆬع
ϵ˚ϣᘸڟܮώሣʮدᚸ
ढĂ̙ቡΩᎋĄ
2 ઠᏃᇁВ௩э
41
MasterPage: Left
GR-D650AG_CS.book Page 42 Friday, April 7, 2006 6:57 PM
42 ˛̜ ػᏃ͒ڟ
࿋ሡᎮă५झַӤ۞५झ
1 ઠྫປᘰ௩ ߏסņRECŇĄ
2 ઠᏃᇁВ௩э ņMŇĄ) 16 ࡲ *
3 ઠ ņझَŇĂņ࿋ሡᎮുӕŇ ؖņӤ۞Ň௩
༊ߏؚᄯڟᇁВĄ) 33 ࡲ *
÷ झَĂ࿋ሡᎮുӕؖӤ۞ඊ॑ͶĂᎵጅڟझ
َଂĄ
÷ ؚᎵጅڟझَݾΰጷ͎୪Ą
ᘰఖؚᎵጅڟझَ
Ꮅጅ 3 ԏ˛ ڟņᘰŇĄझَݾΰጷ॑ͶĄ
٧๎Ĉ
● ϵᏃؖᏃݟጠ྆ു˛Ă࿋ሡᎮă५झַӤ۞
५झ̾͟ӽᝐĄ
● ϵպׇග྆ു˛Ă࿋ሡᎮַӤ۞५झޚڟղᇁ
В˚պĄ
● Ѓَڐ̊۫̆ڱؖώĂ౷͎୪ᒃϩନ୷ Ğд
୪ණğĄ໋ ņོŇ ؖņӤ۞ 1/500 - 1/4000Ň
ڟψʙᇁВᎵጅढĂ౷Ф͎͟୪д୪ණĄ
झَ
ᘰĈᘰఖЪ͒ĄĞ͎ᆅढྱڟ௩ğ
ቑѓቡ
ĈᏃڟುФᕟ࿋̰ʙᆺڟቑѓѓ
ቡĄઠ֏ჄྫᆇᇁВϫĂ̾͟୰Ρ͠٥Ą
Ĉ౷࿋༄ڟฃΩྫᆇʙᆺĂૌ
ฃΩѓቡ
ڟሲ̰ʶ̾͟دᚸߏฃΩ̰Ą
Ĉ൝ؚᏃڟುᏜఖڟझَĄ
༄ྫᆇ *
ĈૌڟᏃ౷࿋ʙՁϖᛉڟᑡ࿋Ą
Ꮬఖ *
* Ꮧ̥࿋ᏃᇁВ˚͟Ą
࿋ሡᎮുӕ
ᘰĈᘰఖЪ͒ĄĞ͎ᆅढྱڟ௩ğ
ོ
) ͟ᝐڟӤ۞ఀ ; ݙ1/250 – 1/4000*;
ཎ௩༊̛ݻʙЩ̾ʙ౿ऐऔӤఀڟ࿋Ă
ػΡᗧڟסယѰᆬعĄӤ۞ఀݙඹӤĂ࿋
ᝐુඹĄϵՊЁڟώሣନχʮպЪӤ۞͒
Ą
డು
Ĉϵ࿋డώեᆺ઼ڟώʮدᚸढĂဇد
ᚸဇණїངᏻĂҏد܌ᚸဇණᝐ̊Ą
ᔈώປ
Ĉϵ࿋Ⴙώጷեᆺ઼२ڢڟώʮد
ᚸढĂဇدᚸဇණїངᏻĂҏد܌ᚸဇණᝐ̊
۫Ą
ׇು
Ĉ̾͟պଏڟುਔվԁьഓĄΩ
ŇĂѮސʶ
ᎋ ) 40 ࡲ * ь௩༊ߏ ņ
̾͟ӽᝐߏૌؚᄯࡌڟ௩༊ĄᎵጅ์ώढĂᚸ࿋
ጠьઠഐලૃ࠘ 10 m ቡߏഒࡩᄉĄලᖔˉ
ػ10 m ढĂቜ̙ቡഐලĄ
Ӥ۞
ᘰĈᘰఖЪ͒ĄĞ͎ᆅढྱڟ௩ğ
Ӥ۞ 1/50ĈӤ۞ఀס־ݙϵ 1/50 ࠌĄدᚸ
ྫගݎဍढĂ༄લ͎୪ڟฃѓନળᝐবĄ
Ӥ۞ 1/120ĈӤ۞ఀס־ݙϵ 1/120 ࠌĄϵ
ᎉώጷ̫ؖᄚბॉጷʮدᚸढĂ୰Ρڟਰώ
̍Ą
Ӥ۞ 1/500 ƟӤ۞ 1/4000Ĉ྆ס־Ӥ۞ఀݙᝐ
ුĂպղ௩༊̛ݻʙЩ̾ʙ౿ऐऔӤఀ
ڟ࿋ĂػΡᗧڟסယѰᆬعĄ໋ོᇁ
Вʮьቡጌ˚ਔѰढĂպղ௩༊ĄӤ۞
ఀݙඹӤĂ࿋ᝐુඹĄϵՊЁڟώሣନχʮ
պղӤ۞͒Ą
GR-D650AG_CS.book Page 43 Friday, April 7, 2006 6:57 PM
ሡᎮ ˛̜
ૃᏃ࿋ጠؖϩᏃ࿋ጠಈ֙
э T ʿ
43
ઠΏᚸ࿋ጠѰߏᆬعጠպ
1 ັݸսĂઠᚸ࿋ጠڟನᏞನʣᏃ࿋ጠڟᎯʣ
ʿĄ
2 ϵᚸ࿋ጠʰזᆬعĄ) 23 ࡲ *
3 ϵૌ๑ࡌזቒყڟեʙᔈʰĂϵᏃ࿋ጠʰ
זᏃ֙Ą ĞኧᏃ࿋ጠڟպჳقपĄğ
4 Ѓَ๑̥ቒყĂ౷̥Ꮓ࿋ጠڟᏃ֙Ăഓݣ
̥ᚸ࿋ጠڟᆬعĄ
٧๎Ĉ
э BW ʿ
T ྫស
) Ꮅᓊ *
ࡱᏜƟගᏜྫស
) ಪռ *
1
2
3
4
● ݚᚊպκྫປኌዢѰߏྫປĂф˚ࡌպ
ྫбĄ) 15 ࡲ *
● ЃَᎵጅ̾ʮΰސҏ͎୪ϵؚྫڟගʰĄ
● ̠ೈƟढ
௩༊ ņ̠ೈƟढΰŇߏ ņŇ ؖņᘰŇĄ
) 32Ă 36 ࡲ * ڱؖĂݸʮᄍૡዢʰڟ
DISPLAY ଂƟᘰఖ̠ೈݾΰĄ
● ढሆ
௩༊ ņढሆŇߏ ņᘰŇ ؖņŇĄ
) 32Ă 36 ࡲ *
● ਸ਼̠ೈ 0 ढַढሡሆ̾ʹݾڟΰ
௩༊ ņΰ˸ಲŇӕ ņᘰŇăņLCDŇؖ
ņLCD/TVŇĄ) 32Ă36 ࡲ *
Ꮓ࿋ጠ
ྫග
1э S-VIDEO IN OUT
2กѓэ VIDEO IN* OUT
3ࠔѓэ AUDIO R IN* OUT
4э S-VIDEO IN OUT ) ໋ૌྫڟගƟᏃ࿋ጠ
ƟعႅጠͫФ A/V ᎯʣʿढĄϵ
ႍٷʮĂഒᄯกѓڟගᏜྫសĄ*
* ͫណᏗ̥࿋ढ˚ᄯࡌĄ
٧๎Ĉ
S ගᏜྫសސᎵጅؒڟĄቜਜ਼Άպ YTU94146A ڟ
S ගᏜྫសĄቜܘཚ͓ཆ˱ ڟסݾJVC وਜ਼˛̖Фᘰ
ᓊඵĄሂ۳պሣ྆ۉᔮዢ֏Α႒эັߺ
ጠĄሣ྆ۉᔮዢ̾͟ѳ˓ᔙĄ
1 ັݸսĂઠᚸ࿋ጠڟನᏞನʣᏃ࿋ጠڟᎯ͎
ʿĄ
2 ઠᚸ࿋ጠྫڟປᘰ௩༊ߏ ņPLAYŇĄ
3 ௩༊ ņᚸᏃᇁВŇߏ ņᆿລŇ ؖņढ
ŇĄ) 36 ࡲ *
4 ௩༊ ņᇁᐣ۬༴ᎯʣŇߏ ņŇĄ
) 36 ࡲ *
5 ݸʮᏃזƟ̥ݸᓤʣᏃᆷᇁВĄ
Ň ؖņ
÷ņ
Ňݾΰጷ͎୪ϵݎဍʰĄ
6 זᆬعጠڟᆬعĄ
7 ϵૌ๑ࡌזಈ֙ڟեʙᔈʰĂݸʮᏃז
Ɵ̥ᓤזಈ֙Ą
ݾΰଋᕽĄ
8 ϔЩݸʮᏃזƟ̥ݸᓤ̥ಈ֙Ą
ݾΰ̥ଋᕽĄ
9 ݸʮ 7 վەϱΓલᆬعᇁВĄ
٧๎Ĉ
● ಈ֙˞ݣĂઠ ņᇁᐣ۬༴ᎯʣŇ௩༊ϱ ņᘰŇĄ
● ҁЪԏĂ̾͟ઠᇁᐣ۬༴ᕽಲߏᆵЅ۬༴Ą
● ᓙ̾͟ૃ֏͂ᚸ࿋ጠಈ֙Ą
ᆵЅᏗ࿋ັߺጠ ĞD.S.C.ğᏃ̅ᆬع
ઠΏᚸ࿋ጠѰߏᏃ࿋ጠպ
MasterPage: Left
GR-D650AG_CS.book Page 44 Friday, April 7, 2006 6:57 PM
44 ˛̜ ሡᎮ
ಈ֙эరФ EW ʿڟග
Ꮬ௩రؖΥЪ௩రಈ֙ ) ᆵ
Ѕಈ֙ *
ૌᓙ̾͟ઠؚᏃڟುૃᚸ࿋ጠቒყ֗֏͂
రФ DV ʿڟගᏜ௩రĄϰߏവਚސڟᆵЅ۬
༴ĂؚФڟ࿋ؖᒐࡱ̍ݞϛ˽Ą
٧๎Ĉ
● ݚᚊպκྫປኌዢѰߏྫປĂф˚ࡌպ
ྫбĄ) 15 ࡲ *
● Ѓَϵቒყ྆ു˛ĂᆬعጠʰᆬڪعΩఋ˷ؖФ˓
ᔙڟ࿋Ă܌ቒყ̥̾͟ᓗѻቴු˚Ёڟ࿋
ቒყĄ
● ҉պ DV ྫសΓሂĂФढ࿋ʶ˚ϵ 4 ԏ
˛͎୪ĄЃَႍٷവΡĂቜᘰጠծࡧĄ
● Ѓَϵᆬ˛ു྆ع࿙ཐ ņᆬعᝐഐŇ)☞ 26 ࡲ *
ؖņᆬع५झŇ)☞ 26 ࡲ *Ăݸڱؖʮ
SNAPSHOTĂͫ܌ФᏃϵႄળʰזࢨڟᆬع
࿋ૃ DV IN/OUT ʿᎯ͎Ą
● պ DV ྫសढĂቜሂסպᎵᓊڟ
JVC VC-VDV204U ؖVC-VDV206U DV ྫសĄ
ઠΏᚸ࿋ጠѰߏᏃ࿋ጠպ
1 ቜሂؚסФ௩రːᘰጠĄ
2 պཌ˛ ڟDVྫសઠᚸ࿋ጠჄరФ DV Ꭿ
э DV IN/OUT
͎ʿڟගᏜ௩రĄ
3 ઠᚸ࿋ጠྫڟປᘰ௩༊ߏ ņPLAYŇĄ
4 ௩༊ ņᚸᏃᇁВŇ௩༊ߏ ņŇĄ) 36
ࡲ*
ۉሣ྆ᔮዢ
DV ྫស ) Ꮅᓊ *
5 ݸʮᏃ ז0 ̥ݸᓤʣᏃᆷᇁВĄ
÷ ϵݎဍʰ ņ DV IN Ňݾΰ͎୪Ą
6 זᆬعጠڟᆬعĄ
7 ϵૌ๑ࡌזቒყڟեʙᔈʰĂݸʮᏃז
0 ̥ᓤזቒყĄ
э DV IN/OUT
ݾΰଋᕽĄ
8 ϔЩݸʮᏃ ז0 ̥ݸᓤ̥ቒყĄ
ΰ̥ଋᕽĄ
ݾ
9 ݸʮ 7 վەϱΓલᆬعᇁВĄ
రФ DV ʿڟගᏜ௩ర
ઠΏᚸ࿋ጠѰߏᆬعጠպ
1 ቜሂؚסФ௩రːᘰጠĄ
2 պཌ˛ ڟDV ྫសઠᚸ࿋ጠჄరФ DV
ʿڟගᏜ௩రĄ
3 ϵᚸ࿋ጠʰזϱعĄ) 23 ࡲ *
4 ϵૌ๑ࡌזቒყڟեʙᔈʰĂϵගᏜ௩రʰ
זᏃĄĞኧගᏜ௩రڟպჳقपĄğ
5 Ѓَ๑̥ቒყĂ౷̥ගᏜ௩రڟᏃ֙Ăഓ
̥ݣᚸ࿋ጠڟᆬعĄ
٧๎Ĉ
● ˚႓໋ ܉ņࡱᏜᇁВŇ௩༊˧ސᅄĂᆵЅቒყ̾
ᏃϵࢨזႄળʰڟᒐࡱᇁВઈїĄ
) 33 ࡲ *
● ЃَଶೀၿගዢʰԠФ࿋ΰĂ܌ઠ ņᇁᐣ
۬༴ᎯʣŇ௩༊ߏᘰĄ
GR-D650AG_CS.book Page 45 Friday, April 7, 2006 6:57 PM
ሡᎮ ˛̜
[A] պ USB ྫស
эʡࡎ႗ጠ
[A] պ USB ྫស
45
[B] պ DV ྫស
ؖ
ૌ̾͟ઠᏽІϵዹ͚˱ڟᏗ̥࿋өэʡྫ
༞Ą
[B] պ DV ྫស
ᓙ̾͟պ PC ؚర௺ڟؖ੦௺χĂҁ
DV ዢઠᏗ̥ 0 ဘ࿋จਚэ PCĄ
Ѓَૌպ Windows® XPĂૌ̾྆͟ᚸ࿋ጠ
Windows® Messenger վ͢ˣᒒႩʰڟගᏜ
ᚊĄФᘰཏĂቜኧ Windows® Messenger
ڟᐓ̜҅χĄ
ۉሣ྆ᔮዢ
USB ྫស
) ಪռ *
э DV IN/OUT
ۉሣ྆ᔮዢ
DV ྫស
) Ꮅᓊ *
ۉሣ྆ᔮዢ
э USB ʿ
PC
э DV ʿ
రФ DV ʿ ڟPC
໋ DV ྫសઠᚸ࿋ጠַ PC ਔվढĂቜ
ʙັݸסʮڟԏጇѰĄྫសુ˚Γሂ
͟ዲᚸ࿋ጠַ 0 ؖPC വΡވᄫĄ
● ࡶϑઠ DV ྫស֗ PC ʰĂഓݣϔᚸ࿋
ጠĄ
● ळጃ DV ʿڟӜڑĂઠ DV ྫសĞನᏞğΓሂϴ
ನʣ DV ʿĄ
● ФᘰᏍጠऒ༇௺ڟχַᛮുӕऀ۬ڟĂቜኧ
ņ௺χЊཆַࡎ႗ܒݾŇĄ
● ݚᚊպκྫປኌዢѰߏྫປĂф˚ࡌպྫ
бĄ) 15 ࡲ *
● ʽ˚ࡌϣढઠ USB ྫសַ DV ྫសჄᚸ࿋ጠ
ĄͫઠؚᄯࡌྫڟសჄᚸ࿋ጠĄ
● պ DV ྫសढĂቜሂסळጃ PC ʰ DV ʿĞ4 ؖ6
ਬğպᎵᓊ ڟVC-VDV206U ؖVC-VDV204U
DV ྫសĄ
● Ѓَ྆ USB ྫសэᚸ࿋ጠ ڟPC ԠФྫĂ
܌ᚸ࿋ጠ˚ʣ USB ᇁВĄ
● ̠ೈ 0 ढ۬ऀ˚ऐऔ֗ PC ʰĄ
● ቜኧ PC ַ௺χڟպჳقĄ
● Ꮧ̥࿋ʶ̾͟จਚ֗రФ DV ʿऐऔٖڟ
PC ʰĄ
● Ձ͟ϰૌؚպ ڟPC ؖऐऔٖфഒٲΓલˎ
ѰĄ
PC ֥ᚸ࿋ጠ˛ڟᆵ⃛ؖᚸ࿋ጠઠ̜χจਚ
э PC ढĂņUSBŇַƟ ؖņ
Ň͎୪
ϵଶೀၿගዢʰĄ
ʽ˚ࡌϵଶೀၿගዢʰΰ ņ
Ňढ
ᔞ USB ྫសĂϰߏᖽ௩రĄ
ᆵЅᏗ࿋ັߺጠ ĞD.S.C.ğᏃ̅ᆬع
٧๎Ĉ
э USB
MasterPage: Left
GR-D650AG_CS.book Page 46 Friday, April 7, 2006 6:57 PM
46 ˛̜ ሡᎮ
ࡱᏜቒყ
ನʣሡᎮ
ͫФ໋պ 12- BIT ַᆿລᇁВدᚸढĂ˗̾͟
ьїࡱ֙סᏜႄཬĄ) 33 ࡲ *
● պᏍጠۣᘒڟᄍૡዢĄ
● պᏍጠۣᘒڟᄍૡዢĄ
ᒐዢ
٧๎Ĉ
● ϵї̾ʮԏ˞܉ĂቜሂסᏃַᆬعඊ˱ڟ
ņढሆŇː௩э ņŇĄ) 32Ă 35Ă 36
ࡲ*
● ನʣሡᎮ˚̾͟ϵ̾ढᇁВᏃڟႄળؖႄળ
ڪڟΩఋ˷їĄ
START/
STOP
REW
INSERT
PAUSE
PLAY
STOP
A.DUB
γᒐఫѺࡳ
1 ᆬعႄળᎵסזሡᎮڟᔈĂഓݸݣʮ
PAUSE )8*/
2 ݸўᄍૡዢʰ ڟA. DUB )
PAUSE )8*Ąņ8
ૌ̾͟ϵϑ܉ᏃڟႄળʰᏃڟುĂೇ̈́
ࢨזᏃڟఋ˷Ăϵನʣᔈַਝ͎ᔈФᄆ์ڟ
࿋ͶĄࢨࡱזᏜ۳˚ݻᝐĄ
* ढĂݸʮ
Ňݾΰጷ͎୪Ą
3 ݸʮ PLAY )3*Ăഓݣ זņࡘ #ĄဇఫѺ
ࡳᒿࡘĄ
÷ Ѓَ̥ቒყĂݸʮ PAUSE )8*Ą
1 ᆬعႄળĂᎵסሡᎮůਝ͎ᔈծݸʮ PAUSE
)8*ĄϵЪᔈሂסढሆĄ) 22 ࡲ *
2 ݸʮ REW )1* ڢэሡᎮʣᔈᎵסĂഓ
ݸݣʮ PAUSE )8*Ą
3 ݸʮծݸўᄍૡዢʰ ڟINSERT ) * Ăഓݸݣ
ʮ PAUSE )8*Ąņ8 Ňݾΰጷַढሆ Ğ˷Ĉ
ࠌğ͎୪Ăᚸ࿋ጠʣನʣᆷᇁВĄ
4 ݸʮ START/STOP זሡᎮĄ
÷ ቜሂסϵ 1 ԏ˛ޥᘌڟढሆನʣሡᎮĄ
÷ ЃَᆷሡᎮĂݸʮ START/STOPĄϔЩݸʮ̾
ݮಈሡᎮĄ
4 Ѓَத̥ࡱᏜቒყĂݸʮ PAUSE )8*Ăഓݣ
ݸʮ STOP )7*Ą
5 ࠷ࡌ̥ನʣሡᎮĂݸᄍૡዢʰ ڟSTART/
Ѓَϵᆬ˛ു྆عНቒყڟᒐࡱ
௩༊ ņݣೈಈ֙ࡱᏜŇߏ ņŇ ؖņϫŇĄ
) 32Ă36 ࡲ *
٧๎Ĉ
٧๎Ĉ
● ϵࡱᏜቒყ྆ു˛Ăᒐዢ˛˚വ͎ᒐࡱĄ
● ሡᎮ̾ 12- BIT ᏃڟႄળढĂᕟڟᒐࡱႄཬַ
ڟᒐࡱႄཬ˷ѿᏃĄ
● Ѓَૌސቒყ֗ႄળڪڟΩఋ˷Ă܌ᒐࡱ͟˛
ᔞĄቜሂͫסሡᎮؚᏃڟĄ
● Ѓَϵྫගᆬ˛ു྆عവΡ̆㑞ؖएᅁĂ܌ઠᚸ࿋
ጠڟఫѺࡳᄉᖔྫගĂؖѳྫගුࡱڟĄ
● ЃَૌϵᏃ˛ఊૃ 12- BIT ӽᝐߏ 16- BITĂഓݣ
պႄળїࡱᏜቒყĂ ૃ܌16- BIT Ꮓזᔈ
ͶझĄ
● ϵࡱᏜቒყ྆ു˛Ă໋ႄળᕽэढᇁВ
Ꮓڟುă̾ 16- BIT ࡱᏜᏃڟುڪؖΩఋ˷
ढĂࡱᏜቒყ̥Ą
STOPĂഓݸݣʮ STOP )7*Ą
● ുВᗊώă५झַӤ۞५झ ) 42 ࡲ * ̾͟ϵ
їನʣሡᎮढվպΓϵሡᎮڟഫԁ͎ѓĄ
● ϵನʣሡᎮ˛ു྆ڟĂ̠ೈַढ۬ऀӽᝐĄ
● ЃَૌϵႄળʰڪڟΩఋ˷їನʣሡᎮĂࡱ܌Ꮬ
ַගᏜ͟˛ᔞĄቜሂͫסሡᎮؚᏃڟĄ
● ϵನʣሡᎮ˛ു྆ڟĂႄળᕽэ̾ढᇁВ
ᏃڟುڪؖΩఋ˷ढĂನʣሡᎮ̥Ą) 50
ࡲ*
у۬
ऀ
GR-D650AG_CS.book Page 47 Friday, April 7, 2006 6:57 PM
ވᄫਸ਼ ˛̜
ᚸ࿋ጠࡎܮ์ސ႗ጠؚૡ֙ڟ௩రĄʹఋዡᒐ
ַ˓ᔙ ĞվьྫගăНࡱጠğ͟ᆇᛪ֏Γ
લˎѰĄϵղٷʮĂࡶϑᔞռྫ௩ర
Ğྫбăκኌዢğծݟಁ˷ᚘćഓ
ࡧݣĂૃᏞזїĄ
ྫປ
● ྫປԠФΓሂĄ
➜ ЊϒκྫປኌዢĄ) 15 ࡲ *
● ԠФס־ЊཆྫбĄ
➜ ϔЩ֣ʮྫбĂഓࡧݣס־ЊཆྫбĄ
) 15 ࡲ *
● ྫбˑၾĄ
➜ պӇϒ͈ྫྫڟбԁಲˑၾྫڟбĄ
) 15 ࡲ *
ගᏜַ D.S.C. Ꮓ
● ႄળڟթᐢਸ਼ᘰ௩༊ߏ ņSAVEŇĄ
➜ ઠႄળڟթᐢਸ਼ᘰ௩༊ߏ ņRECŇĄ) 19
ࡲ*
● ņᏃ࿋ળ֗ᏞŇ͎୪Ą
➜ ԁಲႄળĄ) 19 ࡲ *
● ႄળ፻აΈĄ
➜ ᘰఖႄળ፻აĄ
● ˚ވސᄫĄ
● ˚ވސᄫĄ
● ņ̠ೈƟढΰŇ௩༊ߏ ņᘰŇĄ
➜ ௩༊ ņ̠ೈƟढΰŇߏ ņŇĄ
) 35Ă 36 ࡲ *
● ˚ϣढպڟ५झַ ņ࿋ᗧסŇϣढᎵጅ
ʟĄ
➜ ϔझַَ ņ࿋ᗧסŇĄ) 32Ă33Ă42
ࡲ*
● Ꮅጅ 15 ࡻώደᝐഐĄ
➜ ௩༊ ņᝐഐŇߏ ņ60 ࡻŇ ؖņ 700 ࡻŇĄ
) 34 ࡲ *
● VIDEO/MEMORY ᘰ௩༊ߏ ņMEMORYŇĄ
➜ ઠ VIDEO/MEMORY ᘰ௩༊ߏ ņVIDEOŇĄ
ගᏜַ D.S.C. ᆬع
● ૌྫڟගጠФ AV Ꭿʣ႒˅ĂѮސԠФ௩༊ߏගᏜ
ᇁВĄ
➜ ઠྫගጠ௩༊ߏኌϫගᏜᆬڟعᇁВؖᏜཾĄ
) 24 ࡲ *
● ႄળ፻აΈĄ
➜ ᘰఖႄળ፻აĄ) 19 ࡲ *
➜ Ꮅᓊ଼ڟᇓႄળվ଼ᇓගᏜᏞĄ) 53 ࡲ *
͒
● ဇഐ௩༊ߏ̙ᇁВĄ
➜ ઠဇഐ௩༊ߏьᇁВĄ) 38 ࡲ *
● ᘢᏞ̊ᜰڱؖФ̫ॵĄ
➜ ଼ᇓᘢᏞĂծϔЩᐮޥဇഐĄ) 51 ࡲ *
● 16:9 ᅶᄚဍᇁВ ) 16:9 ݾΰጷ * Ꮅጅʟ Ą
➜ ཌ ) 16:9 ݾΰጷ * 16:9 ᅶᄚဍᇁВĄ
) 37 ࡲ *
● ώປدؖᚸဇණ˚͓ҤΩѓĄدڱؖᚸဇණݣ
Фϻႍ˚ϣڟώປĄ
➜ Ӳ͎ʙΩѓدڟᚸဇණїدᚸĂ̾ۯͺʶ͎
୪ϵᘞऱ˛Ą) 38Ă41 ࡲ *
у۬ऀ
Ѓَັݸʮ˛ڟԏઈїݣĂੰᖠշഓІϵĂ
ቜܘཚලૌశۖ ڟJVC ༄ኛ੦Ą
47
GR-D650AG_CS.book Page 48 Friday, April 7, 2006 6:57 PM
48 ˛̜ ވᄫਸ਼
● دᚸϵࠧುώନχʮӇЙĄ
➜ ݸʮ BACKLIGHTĄ) 40 ࡲ *
● دᚸဇණ̊۫Ą
➜ ௩༊ ņ Ňߏ ņᔈώປŇĄ) 42 ࡲ *
● ቑѓ Ğቑѓቡğؖѓቡ ĞฃΩѓቡğᇁВଂ
Ą
➜ ϵ௩༊Ωᎋ܉ਝ͎ቑѓ ) ቑѓቡ* ַѓቡ ) ฃΩ
ѓቡ * ᇁВĄ) 42 ࡲ *
● ϵฃ˛دᚸढĂ໋ ņᅨ۫Ň௩༊ߏ ņьӤ۞
ቡጌŇढĂΏጠဇώሣݙଃ๐Ą
➜ ЃَૌӔଖώሣਔվԁьഓĂઠ ņᅨ۫Ň௩༊
ߏ ņьᅨ۫ૡ֙Ň ؖņᘰŇĄ
) 32Ă34 ࡲ *
֏͂ੰᖠ
POWER/CHARGE
● Υػຣ྆ݙ 0 ྆ѳĂ͈ྫᘲ̾їĄ
➜ ߏ۳ᛖྫбĂݚᚊૌϵ 10°C э 35°C ڟຣݙʮ͈
ྫĄ) 52 ࡲ *
● ԠФס־ЊཆྫбĄ
➜ ϔЩ֣ʮྫбĂഓࡧݣס־ЊཆྫбĄ
) 14Ă15 ࡲ *
● ԠФ௩̠סೈƟढĄ
➜ ௩̠סೈƟढĄ) 17 ࡲ *
● ˱༊ڟढᚘྫбːၾྫුĂϑ܉௩̠ڟסೈ 0 ढ
଼ਸ਼Ą
➜ ቜᒒ൜శۖ ڟJVC ༄ኛ੦̾ۯԁಲĄ
● Іᏽ͚˛۳І̜ڟχ۳ᛖĄ
➜ ͞ਸ਼Іᏽ͚˛۳І̜χڟ۳ᛖĂծઠ֏҂ਸ਼Ą
) 29 ࡲ *
● ˚ވސᄫĄ
➜྆պଂ ņ࿋ᗧסŇڟᏃ ) 32Ă33
ࡲ * ̾͟ᓗѻႍٷĄ
DV
● ጠڑဘʮನ ئDV ྫសĄ
➜ᘰఖᚸ࿋ጠྫປݣϔΈྫປĂഓݣϔїጇѰĄ
● ϵຣݙѳڟϴ̟Ăϰଶೀၿගዢڟ५ؒф࿋ᝐ
Ą˚ވސᄫĄ
➜ቡଶೀၿගዢַݙ۫ڟՏݙĄ) 18Ă20 ࡲ *
● ଶೀၿගዢڟᎉώጷպּӤൖԂढĂଶೀၿ
ගዢʰڟ࿋ᝐĄ
➜ܘཚලૌశۖ ڟJVC ༄ኛ੦Ą
● ଶೀၿගዢַ֥ುዢ֙ڟఅઅػႠઝڟݙӬĄ
ѮސĂฃᔈؖώሣ ĞࠔăႦؖᕢğ۫ڟᔈ͟ݻ
ᛉ͎୪ϵଶೀၿගዢ֥ؖುዢʰĄղᔈԠФ
ᏃϵႄળʰĄ˚ސϰߏ௩రڟψѤীఞĄĞФझ
ᔈĈය྆ 99.99%ğ
● ྫбྫු྆ѳĄ
➜ЊཆӇϒ͈ྫྫڟбĄ) 14 ࡲ *
➜ϻЩ૰ʣᏽІ͚Ą) 19 ࡲ *
GR-D650AG_CS.book Page 49 Friday, April 7, 2006 6:57 PM
ވᄫਸ਼ ˛̜
● ֥ುዢ͎Ăņ֥ುዢᏺϑŇ௩༊ߏ ņ֥ು
ዢŇĄ
➜ ૰ϱ֥ುዢڱؖઠ ņ֥ುዢᏺϑŇ௩༊ߏ
ņLCDŇĄ) 20Ă32Ă34 ࡲ *
● ଶೀၿගዢݙ۫ڟ௩༊྆Ą
➜ ቡଶೀၿගዢ ) ݙ۫ڟ 18 ࡲ *
➜ Ѓَၿගዢϩʰชଇ 180 ݙĂ܌ӇϒΈၿග
ዢĄ) 20 ࡲ *
01 – 04
06
● ޚႍވᄫ͎୪ĄႍٷʮĂᚸ࿋ጠ͒ഒٲպ
Ą
➜ 50 ࡲĄ
49
ྫປᘰ௩༊ߏ ņRECŇ̸ VIDEO/MEMORY
ᘰ௩༊ߏ ņVIDEOŇढĂݸʮᏃזƟ
̥ᓤ ؖSNAPSHOT ᓤܓԠФཆཷႄળढ͎୪Ą
ϵᏃؖᆬ˛ു྆عႄળதൖढ͎୪Ą
● ̠ೈ 0 ढΐ௩༊ढ͎୪Ą) 17 ࡲ *
● ˱༊ڟढᚘྫбː༄ၾྫුĂϑ܉௩̠ڟס
ೈ 0 ढ଼ਸ਼Ą
ቜᒒ൜శۖ ڟJVC ༄ኛ੦̾ۯԁಲĄ
ЃَᘢᏞააў྆ؖĂጠढ͎୪ 5 ࠌᚘĄ
● ņ ᄍૡŇ௩༊ߏ ņᘰŇĄ
➜ ௩༊ ņ ᄍૡŇߏ ņŇĄ) 32Ă34 ࡲ *
● ᄍૡዢԠФဇൿᄍૡ๐ᐖዢĄ
➜ ဇລᄍૡ๐ᐖዢĄ) 25 ࡲ *
● ᄍૡዢྫڟбːၾĄ
➜ ԁಲྫбĄ) 25 ࡲ *
࿙ཐϵႄળڪڟΩఋ˷їࡱᏜቒყढ͎୪Ą
) 46 ࡲ *
ᚌҙݾΰ
ྫුѿ
ၾ
໋ྫбྫປۖၾڟढĂྫбྫුݾΰ
ጷਰᗗĄ
ྫбྫුၾढĂྫປьᘰఖĄ
● ໋ႄળːཆཷढ͎୪Ą
● ໋ԠФႄળཆཷढਰĄ
ྫປᘰ௩༊ߏ ņRECŇ̸ VIDEO/MEMORY
ᘰ௩༊ߏ ņVIDEOŇढĂթᐢਸ਼ᘰە༊ߏ
ņSAVEŇढ͎୪Ą) 16 ࡲ *
ϵᏃ྆ു˛ᐮഁ֗ႄᏞᄼᜰढ͎୪ĄቜպᎵ
ᓊ଼ڟᇓળĄ) 52 ࡲ *
͎୪̫ॵढĄཎݾΰΰढĂቜ ݟ1 ˉढ̾ʰ
ڢэ̫ॵ॑ͶĄ
● ࿙ཐϵ̾ढᇁВᏃڟႄળʰїࡱᏜቒ
ყढ͎୪Ą) 46 ࡲ *
● ࿙ཐϵ̾ 16- BIT ࡱᏜᏃڟႄળʰїࡱᏜቒ
ყढ͎୪Ą) 46 ࡲ *
● թᐢਸ਼ᘰ௩༊ߏ ņSAVEŇ̸ᄍૡዢʰ ڟA.
DUB ) * ݸʮढ͎୪Ą) 46 ࡲ *
у۬ऀ
ΰྫбѵුĄ
GR-D650AG_CS.book Page 50 Friday, April 7, 2006 6:57 PM
50 ˛̜ ވᄫਸ਼
● ࿙ཐϵ̾ढᇁВᏃڟႄળʰїನʣሡ
Ꭾढ͎୪Ą) 46 ࡲ *
● թᐢਸ਼ᘰ௩༊ߏ ņSAVEŇ̸ᄍૡዢʰڟ
INSERT ) * ݸʮढ͎୪Ą
● ϵ࿙ཐဇ͚ળڪڟΩఋ˷їನʣሡᎮढ͎
୪Ą) 46 ࡲ *
Іᏽ͚˱ڟІːၖ̸ഒٲїدᚸढ͎୪Ą
HDV
໋ᐮഁ֗̾ HDV Ğ଼ගᏜğिВᏃ֙ڟഫ
ढ͎୪ĄΏᚸ࿋ጠ˚ᆬ ̾عHDV Ğ଼ගᏜğ
िВᏃ֙ڟഫĄ
?
ᆬعჄ DCF ˚࢙̜࣠ڟχؖჄЪᚸ࿋ጠ˚࢙࣠
̜ڟˈ̏ڟχढ͎୪Ą
࿙ཐϵІᏽ͚ʰᏃ֥ؖІᏽ͚ʰᆵጃढĂԠ
ФཆʣІᏽ͚ڟٷʮ͎୪Ą
໋ SNAPSHOT ූݸݸϣढྫປᘰ௩э
ņRECŇַ VIDEO/MEMORY ᘰ௩э
ņMEMORYŇĂ࠷ԠФዹ͚ನʣढ͎୪Ą
Іᏽ͚ΏФੰᖠ Ğ֏˱І֧ؖΐ˽זۑğ
ढ͎୪Ą˽זۑІᏽ͚Ą) 31 ࡲ *
࿙ཐᆬعІᏽ͚ѮІᏽ͚˛ΐ۳ІФ࿋̜χढ
͎୪Ą
ᚸ࿋ጠഒٲᘋѿؚཆཷڟІᏽ͚ढ͎୪Ą֥͎І
ᏽ͚ծϔЩನʣĄࡧቒղԏڢэԠФݾΰ͎
୪ĄЃَݾΰ˫ഓ͎୪Ă܌Іᏽ͚ː֧Ą
࿙ཐպᅸ۳ᛖᘰ௩༊ߏ ņLOCKŇѝ༊ڟ
SD Ѓ๎͚دᚸᆵЅᏗ̥࿋ढ͎୪Ą
Ꮏჲݾΰ Ğ01Ă02 ؖ06ğΰؚവΡވᄫڟᘸ
ܮĄᎿჲݾΰ͎୪ढĂᚸ࿋ጠьᘰጠĄᔞྫ
ປ ĞྫбğĂծݟಁ˷ᚘڢэݾΰ॑ਸ਼ĄЃ
َݾΰ॑ਸ਼Ăૌ̾͟ࡧպᚸ࿋ጠĄЃَݾΰ
˫ഓΰĂቜܘཚලૌశۖ ڟJVC ༄ኛ੦Ą
DV
Ꮏჲݾΰ Ğ03 ؖ04ğΰؚവΡވᄫڟᘸܮĄ
Ꮏჲݾΰ͎୪ढĂᚸ࿋ጠьᘰጠĄਝ͎ႄળծ
ࡧನʣĂഓݣᐮݾޥΰސҏ॑ਸ਼ĄЃَݾΰ॑
ਸ਼Ăૌ̾͟ࡧպᚸ࿋ጠĄЃَݾΰ˫ഓ
ΰĂቜܘཚලૌశۖ ڟJVC ༄ኛ੦Ą
GR-D650AG_CS.book Page 51 Friday, April 7, 2006 6:57 PM
պႰᛖ ˛̜
51
଼ᇓᚸ࿋ጠ
ϵ଼ᇓ˞܉Ăᘰఖᚸ࿋ጠծਸ਼ྫбַκྫ
ປኌዢĄ
଼ᴷʹ೦
ቜպ௺ᄆᄆᐢݺĄઠعʣຣؒڳԺ̫˛ծ
ൕ˓Ăᐢݺ५ѿᄼᜰڟϴ̟Ąഓݣϔੁᐢ
ݺĄ
଼ᴷଶೀၿගዢ
ቜպ௺ᄆᄆᐢݺĄቜ٧๎˚ࡌຒᖽၿගዢĄ
ᘰఖଶೀၿගዢĄ
଼ᴷᘢᏞ
պॉ֕ᄆҚĂഓݣᘢᏞ଼ᇓাᄆᄆᐢݺĄ
଼ᴷ֥ುዢᘢᏞ
պॉ֕ઠ֥ುዢڟࣅ͞ਸ਼Ą
٧๎Ĉ
у۬ऀ
● ᓗѻպ઼ʨ଼ᇓዘĂսЃԡؖٶਨႠĄ
● ͫϵྫб֥͎͂֏ؖռྫᔞݣї଼ᇓĄ
● ᘢᏞ̊ᜰ అЙካᝐĄ
● ϵպ଼ᇓዘ˽ؖደ୩ढĂቜኧԐ௩రڟ
٧๎ձĄ
● Ѓَࡌ଼ᇓ֥ುዢĂቜܘཚලૌశۖ ڟJVC ༄ኛ
੦Ą
GR-D650AG_CS.book Page 52 Friday, April 7, 2006 6:57 PM
52 ˛̜ ٧๎ձ
ྫб
ႄળ
ؚಪռྫڟбސኤྫ
бĄϵպؚಪռྫڟ
бؖᎵᓊྫڟб܉Ă
ቜʙסኧʮϖ٧๎ձ
Ĉ
● ߏᓗѻϠᏎ
ߏΓሂպծ۳ІૌڟႄળĂቜʙסኧ̾ʮ٧
๎ձĈ
● ϵպ྆ു˛
႒˅
/// ቜ˚ࡌጽጶĄ
/// ቜ˚ࡌ഻႒˅ĄོᎯ
ढĂቜሂؚסಪռྫڟб౾Ⴤྫбཆ༊ΓሂĄЃ
َྫб౾ཆ༊ڟѝ༊˚ဇĂቜպอटᚹળྫ
бĄ
/// ቜ˚ࡌӽضؖཌĄ
/// ቜ˚ࡌઠྫбᆸᛩϵය྆ 60°C ڟຣݙʮĂ͟
̕ਔྫб྆ᇥăᗖߔؖൿ̬Ą
/// ͫ͟պؚಪռྫ͈ڟዢĄ
● ߏᓗѻຒᖽծպּ
/// ᓗѻ˚ΆࡌڟኪĄ
/// ϵʮؚےΰ࣠ڟ௨ຣݙᑗʮ͈ྫĄ˽ސደ̆
ᐖྫڟܮб – ѳຣ̥ۢ˽ደ̆ᐖڟവΡĂф
ຣᆇᛪӇϒ͈ྫĄ
/// ϵଳଢ଼ੁᑍڟϴ̟۳ІĄढᆸᛩϵຣʮ
̕ਔьഓྫعĂծᑻ഻պּĄ
/// ྫбೈع༊˚ढĂԐ˲̢їʙЩӇϒ
͈ྫഓݣӇϒྫعĄ
/// ૃ͈ྫዢؖΐպྫ͑ڟ௩ర˛֥͎Ăϰߏޚղ
௩రպސϵᘰጠڑڟဘʮʶФྫĄ
ኤྫбڟᏺᔈ
ኤྫбፖˉĂѮ࣠ු˃ĄѮސЃَᆸᛩϵѳ
ຣʮ Ğѳ ػ10°CğĂ֏պּᝐ഻Ă
ߥэ̥͟ˎѰĄЃَႍٷവΡĂቜઠ
ྫбعʣૌڟʿ͂֏ڱؖຣթ̰
֓Ăഓࡧݣཆʣᚸ࿋ጠĄ
٧๎Ĉ
● ྫбϵ͈ྫؖպݣᝐᇥސΓલڟĄ
ຣ࠱ݙि
͈ྫĈ10°C э 35°C
ጇѰĈ0°C э 40°C
ІᏽĈ –20°C э 50°C
● ຣݙඹѳĂ͈ྫढඹĄ
● ͈ྫढྫސбӇϒؚݣ˞ྫعᄯڟढĄ
/// ቜሂסႄળФ Mini DV ᆿწĄ
/// ቜʟཌϵˑᏃڟႄળʰѰᏃьᐢਸ਼ϑ܉
ᏃڟගᏜַࡱᏜ۬༴Ą
/// ቜሂסನʣढႄળػΓሂѝ༊Ą
/// ቜ˚ࡌϵႄળ˚ѰψѤོᕽڟٷʮࡧቒཆཷծ
֥͎ႄળĄ̕ਔႄળᖬГĂծఅЙᖽĄ
/// ˚ࡌΈႄળ܉აĄպႄળᆸᛩϵ̙ݾϟַ
и˛Ą
● ۳Іႄળ
/// ᄉᖔ͑ᇥዢ͂֏ؖᇥປĄ
/// ᄉᖔ෨ώڢĄ
/// ˚֧֗˚Άࡌएؖӫڟϴ̟Ą
/// ˚ᆸᛩϵ઼ႄ ĞսЃΥྀăᝐᐆዢؖႄᛡ
̕ਔğڟϴ̟Ą
/// عڢܭϵ֏ࢨվ˅ڟĄ
Іᏽ͚
ߏΓሂպծ۳ІૌڟІᏽ͚Ăቜʙסኧ̾ʮ
٧๎ձĈ
● ϵպ྆ു˛
/// ቜሂסІᏽ͚Ф SD ؖMultiMediaCard Ğϻ౬
͚ğᆿӡĄ
/// ቜሂסನʣढІᏽ͚ʸΓሂѝ༊Ą
● Іᏽ͚֥ ĞᏃăᆬعă҂ਸ਼ă˽זۑ
྆ു˛ğढ
/// ʽ˚ࡌ֥͎Іᏽ͚Ăʽ˚ࡌᘰఖᚸ࿋ጠĄ
● ۳ІІᏽ͚
/// ᄉᖔ͑ᇥዢ͂֏ؖᇥປĄ
/// ᄉᖔ෨ώڢĄ
/// ˚֧֗˚Άࡌएؖӫڟϴ̟Ą
/// ˚ᆸᛩϵ઼ႄ ĞսЃΥྀăᝐᐆዢؖႄ
̕ਔğڟϴ̟Ą
GR-D650AG_CS.book Page 53 Friday, April 7, 2006 6:57 PM
٧๎ձ ˛̜
ଶೀၿගዢ
53
● ᜰႄᏞ̕ਔ̾ʮੰᖠĈ
● ߏթ̥ଶೀၿගዢᖽĂቜ˚ࡌ
/// ઼ʨ૰ʣؖएĄ
/// ع༊ᚸ࿋ጠढઠଶೀၿගዢ༊ػఋĄ
● ߏʟպּ
/// ᓗѻպᐢݺĄ
● ቜʟཌպଶೀၿගዢढ̾ڟʮ୪ණĄղ˚
ވސᄫ
/// պᚸ࿋ጠढĂଶೀၿගዢֺ ַےڟ0 ؖଶ
ೀၿගዢࠧڟຣ͟ݙᝐᇥĄ
/// ЃَૌढጠĂ܌ଶೀၿගዢֺےڟᝐ
ᇥĄ
̺ጠ
● ߏ۳ඡЊϒĂቜ˚ࡌ
/// Έᚸ࿋ጠڟᇺĄ
/// ضཌؖӽ௩రĄ
/// ഻ྫбڟ႒˅Ą˚պढᄉᖔۜᚴڐĄ
/// ؾጽڐă̫ۜؖᚴڐʣ௩రĄ
/// ϵጠढ֥͎ྫбؖᔞྫປĄ
/// ᚸ࿋ጠ˚պढ˫۳ྫݻбĄ
/// ᆬ˛ു྆عԠФ࿋Ą
/// ᆬ͎˛ു྆ع୪ЙዡᒐĄ
/// Ꮓؖᆬ˛ു྆عĂႄᏞۢᗤᚌҙݾΰጷ ņ
͎୪Ą
/// Ꮓ˚ΓሂઈїĄ
Ň
ϵႍٷʮĂպᎵᓊ଼ڟᇓળĄನʣծᆬ
عĄЃَЪႄળᛉպʙЩ̾ʰĂ̕͟ਔ
ႄᏞᖽĄᚸ࿋ጠᆬ ࠘ع20 ࠌ̾ʰݣĂь
̥Ąቜϣढኧ଼ᇓળڟჳقĄ
Ѓَպ଼ᇓળݣЪੰᖠ˫ІϵĂቜܘཚලૌశ
ۖ ڟJVC ༄ኛ੦Ą
ػᕽගᏜႄᏞַႄળڟጠଡᕽఋ˷ᝐᜰַ
ϰढˎѰф˚ϔĄߏʟזத۳଼ݻಾڟ
࿋Ăݚᚊૌϵպ࠘ 1000 ˉढ̾סݣೈᐮ
ޥĄᘰסػೈᐮޥĂቜܘཚලૌశۖ ڟJVC ༄
ኛ੦Ą
● ᓗѻϵ̾ʮϴ̟պ௩ర
/// ྆ᇘ྆ؖᄼڟϴ̟Ą
/// Фອиؖბԡڟϴ̟ĂսЃኬۖᆁԬڟϴ̟Ą
/// एؖӫ྆˃ڟϴ̟Ą
/// ኬۖྫගጠĄ
/// ኬۖ୰Ρ઼ႄྫ઼ؖڟϴ̟ Ğᒐዢăᆄᆬ
̈ሣğĄ
/// ຣ྆ݙ Ğ40°C ̾ʰğ྆ؖѳ Ğ0°C ̾ʮğڟ
ϴ̟Ą
/// ය྆ 50°C ڟϴ̟Ą
/// ᑆ྆ݙѳ Ğ35% ̾ʮğ྆ؖ Ğ80% ̾ʰğڟ
ϴ̟Ą
/// ෨ώڢʮĄ
/// ࣇןढڟԡՙ˱Ą
/// ኬۖ͑ᇥዢڟϴ̟Ą
● ߏ۳ᛖ௩రĂቜ˚ࡌ
/// ͺᝐᑆĄ
/// ဣ༣௩రڱؖઠ֏ᆡᐞഽڐĄ
/// ϵོᎯ྆ു˛एݙ྆ؖӫĄ
/// ढպᘢᏞڢဇൿ྆۫ڐڟĄ
/// ઠᘢᏞַ֥ುዢڟᘢᏞᆸᛩڢػ෨ώĄ
/// ᚹળढӺൿଶೀၿගዢ֥ؖುዢĄ
/// պ̙ળؖӺળढ྆ݙथĄ
/// ᚸ࿋ጠ͓˱ཆФᚸ࿋ጠढ྆ݙथĄ
у۬ऀ
● ቜ˚ࡌઠ௩రعϵ
GR-D650AG_CS.book Page 54 Friday, April 7, 2006 6:57 PM
54 ˛̜ ٧๎ձ
ЃѤጇѰ CD-ROM
● ໋̖˚ࡌәᜰ֘ؖฌᘢ Ğϟ֕ࠧڟے
ğĄ
˚ࡌϵΓ̆֍ᅸψѤٍљ⇀ؖථψѤٍљĄ
Ѓَ CD-ROM ᝐᜰĂպ௺ૃ˛̌ڟϩ
ʹᄆᄆᐢݺĄ
● ˚ࡌպจڟႄᇺ଼ᇓዘ଼ؖᇓᅢᘴዘĄ
● ˚ࡌᜉТ CD-ROM ؖᚉဥ֏ᘢĄ
● ˚ࡌϵᰈᜰăڇᇥؖᇘᑆڟᑗ˛۳Іૌڟ
CD-ROMĄઠ֏ᄉᖔ෨ώڢĄ
ᘰػᇘᑆൖᛩ
● ૌᐖཎ٧๎֗ઠϕѾࢇʣߠᇭٔ˛ढպુٔ˅
ےʹڟФ̫ॵĄઠᚸ࿋ጠૃѾڟϴ̟ʣຣ
ڟϴ̟Ăؖϵ͑ᇥʙྲྀѾؘڟݣĂؖϵ྆
ᇘڟନχʮăعؖϵڪቡጠѾॉΓဇڟϴ̟Ă
ᚸ࿋ጠڟႄᏞႄ࿂ʶവΡϣᆺڟ୪ණĄ
● ႄᏞႄ࿂ڟᇘᑆఅЙගᏜႄળڟᙒࡧฌĂծ
̕ਔᚸ࿋ጠΏ˱ڟఋฌĄ
ᙒࡧވᄫ
ЃَވᄫവΡĂγ҉̥պ௩రĂծܘཚΏ
ϴ ڟJVC ༄ኛ੦Ą
ᚸ࿋ጠࡎܮ์ސ႗ጠؚૡ֙ڟ௩రĄʹఋዡᒐ
ַ˓ᔙ ĞվьྫගăНࡱጠğ͟ᆇᛪΓલ
ˎѰĄϵႍٷʮĂࡶϑᔞռྫ௩ర Ğྫ
бăκྫປኌዢğĂϓݟಁ˷ᚘć
ഓࡧݣĂૃᏞЃલїĄ
GR-D650AG_CS.book Page 55 Friday, April 7, 2006 6:57 PM
ि ˛̜
ռྫ
ڢ11 V Ğպκྫປኌዢğ
ڢ7.2 V Ğպྫбğ
ྫ
˃࠘ 2.8 W Ğ3.0 W*ğĞଶೀၿගዢᘰఖĂ֥ು
ዢଂğ
˃࠘ 3.1 W Ğ3.3 W*ğĞଶೀၿගዢଂĂ֥ು
ዢᘰఖğ
* պັقጷ
̏ˈ Ğᅶ y y ğ
59 mm x 97 mm x 112 mm ĞଶೀၿගዢᘰఖĂ
֥ುዢ૰ϱğ
ࡧු
˃࠘ 420 Ѻ Ğ˚ҤྫбăႄળַᘢᏞაğ
˃࠘ 500 Ѻ ĞҤྫбăႄળַᘢᏞაğ
ˎѰຣݙ
0°C э 40°C
ˎѰᑆݙ
35% э 80%
۳Іຣݙ
–20°C э 50°C
ᐮٰዢ
1/5" CCD
ᘢᏞ
F 1.2, f = 3.0 mm э 45 mmĂ15:1 ྫᝐഐᘢᏞ
ᔮώᘢࣷڢ
ø30.5 mm
ଶೀၿගዢ
ဇՏഁුࢄߏ 2.5" ଶೀٖ 0 TFT ФझঐਲՁ
֥ುዢ
ဇՏഁුࢄߏ 0.33"Ăિѓଶೀΰ֥˅ྫڟು
ዢ
ᒐዢ
ᒐཾ
ັقጷ
ФझලᖔĈ1.5 m
िВ
DV िВ Ğ SD ᇁВğ
۬༴िВ
PAL ᆿລ
ᏃƟᆬعिВ
ගᏜĈᆵЅχᏃ
ࡱᏜĈPCM ۬༴ᏃĂ32 kHz 4 ᒐཾ
Ğ12-BITğĂ 48 kHz 2 ᒐཾ Ğ 16-BITğ
ႄળ
Mini DV ႄળ
ႄળఀݙ
ᆿລĈ 18.8 mm/sĂढĈ12.5 mm/s
శᏃढ Ğպ 80 ˷ᚘႄળğ
ᆿລĈ 80 ˷ĂढĈ120 ˷
Іᏽ౬
SD Ѓ๎͚Ɵϻ౬͚
ᐆᑻՁ
JPEG Ğ࢙࣠ğ
̜χ̏ˈ
3 ႍᇁВ Ğ1280 x 960 ࿋শ Ɵ 1024 x 768 ࿋শ
Ɵ 640 x 480 ࿋শğ
࿋ቴු
2 ႍᇁВ ĞႠƟᆿລğ
˃࠘͟۳Іڟ࿋ᆵ
27 ࡲ
S
S ගᏜᎯʣĈ
YĈ 0.8 V э 1.2 V (p-p)Ă75 ΩĂᇁᐣ
CĈ0.2 V э 0.4 V (p-p)Ă75 ΩĂᇁᐣ
S ගᏜᎯ͎Ĉ
YĈ 1.0 V (p-p)Ă75 ΩĂᇁᐣ
CĈ0.3 V (p-p)Ă75 ΩĂᇁᐣ
AV
ගᏜᎯʣĈ 0.8 V э 1.2 V (p-p)Ă75 ΩĂᇁᐣ
ගᏜᎯ͎Ĉ 1.0 V (p-p)Ă75 ΩĂᇁᐣ
ࡱᏜᎯʣĈ 300 mV (rms)Ă50 kΩĂᇁᐣĂγᒐ
ࡱᏜᎯ͎Ĉ 300 mV (rms)Ă 1 kΩĂᇁᐣĂγᒐ
κྫປኌዢ
ྫປࡌԑ
κ 110 V э 240 V~, 50 Hz/60 Hz
Ꭿ͎
ڢ11 V
Ă1 A
ؚΰिኌػᆿລᇁВĂਸ਼ۨ५ѿ͎ݾĄ E &
O.E. ௩ࡎַिЃФؚᝐĂ˚ݥձϑڣĄ
͒
ᚸ࿋ጠ
55
MasterPage: Heading0_Left
GR-D650AG_CS.book Page 56 Friday, April 7, 2006 6:57 PM
ჭ
CS
B
L
Ωᎋ /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// 40
ᗊώૡ֙ /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// 39
ࠧುώངᏻ /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// 40
ᝐഐ .................................................... 21, 26, 34
ᆬعᒐࡱ ......................................................... 36
ᆬع५झ ......................................................... 26
эྫගؖᏃ࿋ጠ ////////////////////////////////////////////// 24
эʡࡎ႗ጠ/////////////////////////////////////////////////// 45
Ꮓ֙ʨ
ႄળ//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// 18
Іᏽ͚ /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// 27
C
ྀᛮᇁВ /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// 38
ယѰᆬ ع/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// 26
ನʣሡᎮ ......................................................... 46
ࡧ௩༊̜χϪ .............................................. 29
˽זۑІᏽ͚ ................................................. 31
ႄળఀ ݙĞᚸᏃᇁВğ/////////////////////////////////// 33, 36
Іᏽ͚ ...................................................... 19, 52
D
ળФ५झുڟૡьᗊώ ///////////////////////////////////// 31
ᔈᗊώૡ֙ /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// 42
ྫбྫුᆵጃΰ ////////////////////////////////////////////////// 15
ྫб ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////// 14, 15, 52
ഫ .................................................................34
F
ቒყ ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// 29, 43, 44
G
ӽᝐඊڟ௩༊ /////////////////////////////////////////////// 32–36
൝ྫб͈ྫ /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// 14
ס־ʭ༚ ޜ/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// 18
ވᄫਸ਼ /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// 47
ώᖇ ס/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// 39
ि //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// 55
ि௩༊ ĞᆵЅΈϟӕिВğ////////////////// 30, 31
H
࿒ᝐؖၚᝐझَ ////////////////////////////////////////////////////// 41
J
Ꮓ౬Ꮅጅ /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// 36
κྫປኌዢ ////////////////////////////////////////////////////// 15
ᚌҙݾΰ /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// 49
K
ڪΩ /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// 23
Ӥఀᐮග /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// 22
© 2006 Victor Company of Japan, Limited
M
R
̠ೈ 0 ढ௩ס//////////////////////////////////////////////////////// 17
S
҂ਸ਼̜χ//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// 30
ᚸᄉ௩༊//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// 34
ᒐࡱᇁВ//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// 33, 36
ढሆ//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// 22, 35
ဂٷယѰ /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// 37
̙ဇഐ//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// 38
ᆵѝ࿋ᗧ ס/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// 33
ᑡ࿋ᇁВ//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// 33
T
࿋̏ˈ//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// 35
࿋ቴු//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// 35
Y
။ΰᇁВ//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// 34
ᒐዢࡱු /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// 20
ᄍૡዢ//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// 25
ଶೀၿගዢַ֥ುዢ ////////////////////////////////////// 18, 20
ׇග ................................................................ 38
ࡱᏜಈ֙//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// 46
ࡱᛪಪΰ//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// 34
ჄྫປߺᘰڟጇѰ/////////////////////////////////////////////////// 17
Z
ັقጷ//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// 37
ཷʣႄળ//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// 19
ཷʣІᏽ͚ /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// 19
16:9 ................................................................. 34
AG
ϵվљճϟ֕
0406ASR-NF-VM
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.6 Linearized : Yes Encryption : Standard V2.3 (128-bit) User Access : Print, Print high-res Page Mode : UseOutlines XMP Toolkit : 3.1-702 About : uuid:8d689336-c626-11da-9a37-000393a953e8 Producer : Acrobat Distiller 6.0 for Macintosh Modify Date : 2006:06:05 16:37:23+08:00 Creator Tool : FrameMaker 6.0 Create Date : 2006:04:07 18:55:36Z Metadata Date : 2006:06:05 16:37:23+08:00 Document ID : uuid:50394812-c626-11da-a31e-000393a953e8 Instance ID : uuid:86373902-27d4-4441-9a30-8b4df86a179c Format : application/pdf Creator : soh Title : GR-D650AG_EN.book Page Count : 112 Author : sohEXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools